269
2016 Infiniti Navigation System Owner’s Manual For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

2016 Infiniti Navigation System Owner’s Manual

Prin

ting

: D

ecem

ber 2

015

(06)

/ N

16E

08TJ

U1

/ P

rint

ed in

U.S

.A.

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

T00NA-1BU8D08TJ-N

2016 Infiniti Navigation System

Page 2: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

Owner’s Manual Supplement

Revised INFINITI CONNECTION™ (if so equipped) trial subscription

The information contained within this supplement revises the INFINITI CONNECTION™(if so equipped) trial subscription information in the following:

● 2015 Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual – “INFINITI CONNECTION™ (if so equipped)”in the “Information and settings” section

● 2015MY Infiniti Navigation System Owner’s Manual – “INFINITI CONNECTION™(if so equipped)” in the “Viewing technical information” section

● 2016MY Infiniti Navigation System Owner’s Manual – “INFINITI CONNECTION™(if so equipped)” in the “Viewing technical information” section

Read carefully and keep in vehicle.

Printing: January 2016 (01)Publication No. SU16EA 0NAVU0

schulzh
Rectangle
Page 3: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

The referenced publications state that there is a complimentary 12 month trial subscription tothe Infiniti Connection services. The complimentary trial subscription period as of January 1,2016 is six months. However, please note that the availability and length of the complimentarytrial period can change at any time in INFINITI’s sole discretion. Please refer tohttp://www.infinitiusa.com/intouch or your INFINITI retailer for the most up-to-date informationregarding the Infiniti Connection services complimentary trial period.

0-2

schulzh
Rectangle
Page 4: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

INFINITI NAVIGATION SYSTEMHELPDESK CONTACT INFORMATIONFor assistance or inquiries about theINFINITI Navigation System, or to orderupdated map data, contact the INFINITINAVIGATION SYSTEM HELPDESK at:

. ADDRESS: P.O. Box 1588 Orem, UT84059-992

. E-MAIL: [email protected]

. WEB SITE: www.InfinitiNavigation.comor www.infiniti.ca.

. PHONES: 1-800-777-0325

. HOURS: 6:00 AM to 5:00 PM (PacificTime)

INFINITI CONSUMER AFFAIRS DE-PARTMENTFor assistance or inquiries about theINFINITI warranty, service or general ques-tions, contact the INFINITI Consumer AffairsDepartment at:

For U.S. customers

1-800-662-6200

For Canadian customers

1-800-361-4792

FOREWORDThank you for purchasing an INFINITIvehicle.

This user’s manual is for the navigationsystem only. This manual contains operat-ing instructions for the INFINITI NavigationSystem offered in your INFINITI vehicle.

Please read this manual carefully to ensuresafe operation of the navigation system.

. Because of possible specificationchanges and optional equipment, sec-tions of this manual may not apply toyour vehicle.

. All information, specifications and il-lustrations in this manual are those ineffect at the time of printing. INFINITIreserves the right to change specifica-tions or design at any time withoutnotice.

. Do not remove this manual from thevehicle when selling this vehicle. Thenext user of this navigation system mayneed the manual.

Page 5: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(1,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Table of Contents1 Introduction

How to use this manual ..................... 1-2Safety information ............................. 1-2Laser product .................................... 1-3

2 Getting started

Control buttons and functions ........... 2-2Starting system ................................. 2-8Navigation system status screen ....... 2-9Functions disabled while driving ...... 2-10Menu screen andoperation method ............................ 2-11Touch panel operation ..................... 2-15How to input lettersand numbers ................................... 2-16Map menu screen ............................ 2-18Storing home location/address ........ 2-20Setting destination .......................... 2-21Operating maps ............................... 2-24Setting voice guidance .................... 2-25INFINITI voice recognition ................. 2-27

3 Map settings

Map types .......................................... 3-2Displaying currentvehicle location .................................. 3-4Moving map ....................................... 3-5Changing scale of map ....................... 3-8Changing map view .......................... 3-11Map view settings ............................ 3-13Looking at information on map ......... 3-18

4 Setting destination

Destination screen ............................. 4-2Delete destination ........................... 4-22

5 Route guidance

Procedures aftersetting destination .............................. 5-2About route guidance ......................... 5-7Route screen .................................... 5-13Route guidance settings ................... 5-27

6 Storing location/route

Storing location ................................. 6-2Storing route ..................................... 6-5Storing tracked route ......................... 6-6Storing avoid area ............................. 6-7Editing address book ......................... 6-8Deleting stored item ........................ 6-19Transferring information to/fromaddress book .................................. 6-22

7 Viewing technical information

Information screen .............................. 7-2Infiniti ConnectionTM (ifso equipped) ...................................... 7-3Viewing information about currentvehicle location ................................ 7-16Viewing availabletraffic information ............................. 7-16Viewing availableweather information ......................... 7-22Map update ...................................... 7-31

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

Page 6: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(2,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Viewing navigation systemversion information ........................... 7-32Viewing GPS currentlocation information ......................... 7-33

8 Other settings

Settings screen .................................. 8-2Display settings ................................. 8-3Navigation setting ............................. 8-5Volume adjustment .......................... 8-11Clock settings .................................. 8-12Language and unit settings ............. 8-13

9 Voice recognition

INFINITI Voice Recognition ................... 9-2Standard mode ................................... 9-2Alternate command mode ................... 9-9Command lists (Standard mode) ....... 9-20Command Lists (Alternatecommand mode) ............................... 9-23

10 General system information

Features of thisnavigation system ........................... 10-2Current vehicle location ................... 10-4Route calculation ............................. 10-8Route guidance .............................. 10-10Notes on NavTraffic information ...... 10-14Notes onNavWeather information ................ 10-15Map data ....................................... 10-16How to handle display ................... 10-20

11 Troubleshooting guide

Customer assistance ........................ 11-2Basic operations .............................. 11-3Vehicle icon ..................................... 11-4Route calculation andvisual guidance ............................... 11-6Voice guidance ................................ 11-8Infiniti ConnectionTM (ifso equipped) ................................... 11-9

Voice recognition ........................... 11-10Traffic information ......................... 11-11

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

Page 7: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(5,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

1 Introduction

How to use this manual .......................................... 1-2For safe operation .............................................. 1-2Reference symbols ............................................. 1-2

Safety information ................................................. 1-2Laser product ........................................................ 1-3

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

Page 8: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(6,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

1. Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

This manual uses special words, symbolsand icons that are organized by function.

Please refer to the following items tounderstand how to use this manual prop-erly.

FOR SAFE OPERATION

WARNINGGUID-05735A11-D9EA-4B38-ACB8-655447DB12A0

Indicates the presence of a hazard that couldcause death or serious personal injury. Toavoid or reduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed precisely.

CAUTIONGUID-2F458E6B-513D-4954-B242-9422F5A19DF9

Indicates the presence of a hazard that couldcause minor or moderate personal injury ordamage to your vehicle. To avoid or reducethe risk, the procedures must be followedcarefully.

NOTE:

Indicates items that help you understand andmaximize the performance of your vehicle. Ifignored, they may lead to a malfunction or poorperformance.

REFERENCE SYMBOLS

INFO:

Indicates information that is necessary forefficient use of your vehicle or accessories.

Reference page:

Indicates the title and page that you shouldrefer to.

<>:

Indicates a button on the control panel andsteering wheel.

[ ]:

Indicates a key/item displayed on thescreen.

Voice Command:

Indicates an operation by voice command.

Variable commands, such as numbers, areindicated in italics in angle brackets < >.

SAFETY INFORMATION

This system is primarily designed to helpyou reach your destination, and it alsoperforms other functions as outlined in thismanual. However, you, the driver, must usethe system safely and properly. Informa-tion concerning road conditions, trafficsigns and the availability of services maynot always be up to date. The system is nota substitute for safe, proper and legaldriving.

Before using the navigation system, pleaseread the following safety information.Always use the system as outlined in thismanual.

WARNINGGUID-43837604-6D3B-4A88-95CC-9A1143515BA5

. To operate the navigation system or usethe INFINITI controller, first park thevehicle in a safe location and set theparking brake. Operating the systemwhile driving can distract the driver andmay result in a serious accident.

. Do not rely on route guidance alone.Always be sure that all driving maneu-vers are legal and safe in order to avoidaccidents.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

1-2

Page 9: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(7,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

. Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result inaccidents, fire or electrical shock.

. If you notice any foreign objects in thesystem hardware, spill liquid on thesystem or notice smoke or a smellcoming from it, stop using the systemimmediately and contact an INFINITIretailer. Ignoring such conditions maylead to accidents, fire or electrical shock.

CAUTIONGUID-CABB1B9E-B526-42ED-BC3A-AF6F2878701B

. Do not use this system if you notice anymalfunctions such as a frozen screen orthe lack of sound. Continued use of thesystem may result in accidents, fire orelectrical shock.

. Some jurisdictions may have laws limit-ing the use of video screens whiledriving. Use this system only where it islegal to do so.

. Extreme temperature conditions [below−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)]could affect the performance of thesystem.

. The glass display screen may break if it ishit with a hard or sharp object. If theglass screen breaks, do not touch it.Doing so could result in an injury.

NOTE:

Do not keep the navigation system running withthe engine or the hybrid system stopped. Doingso may discharge the vehicle battery (12Vbattery). When you use the navigation system,always keep the engine or the hybrid systemrunning.

LASER PRODUCT

This navigation system is certified as aClass 1 laser product.

The navigation system complies with DHHSRules 21 CFR Chapter 1, Subchapter J.

WARNINGGUID-BC8CBF71-329B-435A-9D1F-27E1D038026E

. Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. There are no user serviceableparts in this navigation system.

. If maintenance, adjustments and opera-tions other than those specified in thismanual are attempted, injury due to laserradiation and exposure could occur.

JI0221Required SiriusXM Satellite Radio andNavTraffic monthly subscriptions are soldseparately. NavTraffic are only available inselect markets. For more information,

see www.siriusxm.com/navtraffic.

1. Introduction

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

1-3

Page 10: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(8,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

1. Introduction

JI0222Required SiriusXM Satellite Radio andNavWeather monthly subscriptions aresold separately. NavWeather is only avail-able in select markets. For more informa-tion,

see www.siriusxm.com/navweather.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

1-4

Page 11: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(9,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2 Getting started

Control buttons and functions ................................ 2-2Control panel (Type A) (if so equipped) ............... 2-2Control panel (Type B) (if so equipped) ............... 2-3Control Panel (Type C) (if so equipped) ............... 2-5INFINITI controller ............................................... 2-6Steering wheel switches ..................................... 2-7

Starting system ...................................................... 2-8Navigation system status screen ............................ 2-9Functions disabled while driving .......................... 2-10

Touch screen operation .................................... 2-11Menu screen and operation method ..................... 2-11

Menu screens and their purposes .................... 2-11Using controls to adjust values, levels, etc. ....... 2-12Start menu ....................................................... 2-13List screen ....................................................... 2-14

Touch panel operation .......................................... 2-15Example of touch panel operation .................... 2-15

How to input letters and numbers ........................ 2-16Character (letters and numbers)input screen ..................................................... 2-16Number input screen ........................................ 2-17

Map menu screen ................................................ 2-18Current location map screen ........................... 2-18Scrolled location map screen .......................... 2-19

Storing home location/address ............................ 2-20How to store home location ............................ 2-20

Setting destination .............................................. 2-21Searching for destinations .............................. 2-21Starting route guidance .................................. 2-22Canceling route .............................................. 2-23

Operating maps ................................................... 2-24How to view map screen ................................. 2-24

Setting voice guidance ......................................... 2-25Turning voice guidance ON/OFF ...................... 2-25Adjusting voice guidance volume .................... 2-25

INFINITI voice recognition ..................................... 2-27Using voice recognition system ...................... 2-27Before starting ............................................... 2-27Giving voice commands .................................. 2-27Voice command examples .............................. 2-29Command lists ............................................... 2-33

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

Page 12: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(10,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

CONTROL BUTTONS AND FUNCTIONS

Designs and button layout may varydepending on the specifications and themodel.

CONTROL PANEL (Type A) (if so equipped)

JNB0379X

*1 <DEST>

Push to enter a destination. Variousmethods for entering a destination areavailable.

“4. Setting destination”

*2 <ROUTE>:

Push to access the guidance controlfunctions (guidance cancellation, routepriority, waypoint setting on the route,etc.).

“5. Route guidance”

*3 INFINITI controller:

Turn to highlight an item on thescreen, and push <ENTER> to selectthe highlighted item.

On the map screen, turn to adjust themap scale.

To scroll the map, push the controllerin the direction you want to scroll.

“INFINITI controller” (page 2-6)

*4 <INFO>:

Push to display the vehicle, traffic,weather or voice recognition informa-tion.

“7. Viewing technical informa-tion”

*5 <STATUS>:

Push multiple times to display audioinformation with either the air condi-tioner status, fuel economy or naviga-tion directions.

*6 <DAY/NIGHT OFF >:

Push to switch between the day screen(bright) and the night screen (dark).Push and hold to turn off the display.Push again to turn on the display.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-2

Page 13: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(11,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

*7 <ZOOM IN>, <ZOOM OUT>:

Push to adjust the map scale.

*8 <MAP>:

Push to display the map. While follow-ing a programmed route, push multi-ple times to change the type of routeinformation displayed.

*9 <BACK>:

Push to return to the previous screen.In a settings screen, this button is alsoused to apply the setting.

In a character input screen, this buttonis also used to delete the charactersthat have been entered.

*10 <VOICE>:

Push to hear the current guidance for aprogrammed route.

*11 <SETTING>:

Push to access the system settings.“8. Other settings”

INFO:

. If <BACK> needs to be pushed to apply thesetting on a settings screen, this manualwill explicitly include a step for this proce-dure. Otherwise, pushing <BACK> returns

the display to the previous screen.

. The layout of the control panel switches mayvary depending on the vehicle model andequipment.

CONTROL PANEL (Type B) (if so equipped)

JNB0407X

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-3

Page 14: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(12,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

*1 <CAMERA> (with Around View® Moni-tor):

Push to operate the Around ViewMonitor.

<DISP> (without Around View Monitor):

Push to access the display settings.

*2 <DEST>:

Push to enter a destination. Variousmethods for entering a destination areavailable.

“4. Setting destination”

*3 INFINITI controller:

Slide or rotate to highlight an item onthe screen, and push <ENTER> to selectthe highlighted item.

On the map screen, turn to adjust themap scale.

To scroll the map, slide the controllerin the direction you want to scroll.

“INFINITI controller” (page 2-6)

*4 <INFO>:

Push to display the vehicle, traffic,weather or voice recognition informa-tion.

“7. Viewing technical informa-tion”

*5 <SETTING>:

Push to access the system settings.“8. Other settings”

*6 <ROUTE>:

Push to access the guidance controlfunctions (guidance cancellation, routepriority, waypoint setting on the route,etc.).

“5. Route guidance”

*7 <MAP>:

Push to display the map. While follow-ing a programmed route, push multi-ple times to change the type of routeinformation displayed.

*8 <BACK>:

Push to return to the previous screen.In a settings screen, this button is alsoused to apply the setting.

In a character input screen, this buttonis also used to delete the charactersthat have been entered.

*9 <VOICE>:

Push to hear the current guidance for aprogrammed route.

*10 <STATUS>:

Push multiple times to display audioinformation with either the air condi-

tioner status, fuel economy or naviga-tion directions.

*11 <DAY/NIGHT OFF >:

Push to switch between the day screen(bright) and the night screen (dark).Push and hold to turn off the display.Push again to turn on the display.

INFO:

. If <BACK> needs to be pushed to apply thesetting on a settings screen, this manualwill explicitly include a step for this proce-dure. Otherwise, pushing <BACK> returnsthe display to the previous screen.

. The layout of the control panel switches mayvary depending on the vehicle model andequipment.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-4

Page 15: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(13,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

CONTROL PANEL (Type C) (if so equipped)

IGT0228

*1 <DEST>:

Push to enter a destination. Variousmethods for entering a destination areavailable.

“4. Setting destination”

*2 INFINITI controller:

Slide or rotate to highlight an item onthe screen, and push <ENTER> to selectthe highlighted item.

On the map screen, turn to adjust themap scale.

To scroll the map, slide the INFINITIcontroller in the direction you want toscroll.

“INFINITI controller” (page 2-6)

*3 <INFO>:

Push to display the vehicle, traffic,weather or voice recognition informa-tion.

“7. Viewing technical informa-tion”

*4 <SETTING>:

Push to access the system settings.“8. Other settings”

*5 <ROUTE>:

Push to access the guidance controlfunctions (guidance cancellation, routepriority, waypoint setting on the route,etc.).

“5. Route guidance”

*6 <MAP>:

Push to display the map. While follow-ing a programmed route, push multi-ple times to change the type of routeinformation displayed.

*7 <BACK>:

Push to return to the previous screen.In a settings screen, this button is alsoused to apply the setting.

In a character input screen, this buttonis also used to delete the charactersthat have been entered.

*8 <VOICE>:

Push to hear the current guidance for aprogrammed route.

*9 <STATUS>:

Push multiple times to display audioinformation with either the air condi-

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-5

Page 16: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(14,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

tioner status, fuel economy or naviga-tion directions.

*10 <DAY/NIGHT OFF >:

Push to switch between the day screen(bright) and the night screen (dark).Push and hold to turn off the display.Push again to turn on the display.

INFO:

. If <BACK> needs to be pushed to apply thesetting on a settings screen, this manualwill explicitly include a step for this proce-dure. Otherwise, pushing <BACK> returnsthe display to the previous screen.

. The layout of the control panel switches mayvary depending on the vehicle model andequipment.

INFINITI CONTROLLER

With Directional buttons

IGT0076

*1 <ENTER>:

Push to select the highlighted item onthe screen.

If this button is pushed while a map isdisplayed, the map menu screen isdisplayed.

*2 Main directional buttons:

Use to move across the map, highlightan item on the screen or adjust asetting (volume, brightness, etc.).

*3 Additional directional buttons:

Use to move across the map or high-light an item on the character inputscreen.

*4 Center dial:

Turn to highlight an item on the screenor adjust a setting.

The center dial can also be used toadjust the map scale.

Without Directional buttons

IGT0235

*1 <ENTER>:

Push to select the highlighted item onthe screen.

If this button is pushed while a map isdisplayed, the map menu screen isdisplayed.

*2 Center dial/Slide switch:

Center dial

Turn to highlight an item on the screenor adjust a setting.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-6

Page 17: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(15,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

The center dial can also be used toadjust the map scale.

Slide switch

Slide (push upward/downward/left-ward/rightward) to select an item onthe screen or to adjust a setting(volume, brightness, etc.).

The map can be scrolled in 8 directionsby sliding this switch.

STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES

JNB0191XType A (if so equipped)

JNB0192XType B (if so equipped)

JNB0193XType C (if so equipped)

JNB0194XType D (if so equipped)

JNB0287XType E (if so equipped)

*1 <ENTER>:

Tilt to highlight an item on the screenor adjust a setting. Push to select thehighlighted item.

If this button is pushed while a map isdisplayed, the map menu screen is

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-7

Page 18: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(16,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

displayed.“Map menu screen” (page 2-18)

Push and hold while a map or statusscreen is shown to display the StartMenu.

“Start menu” (page 2-13)

If this button is tilted up while theaudio function is activated and themap or status screen is displayed, theaudio system can be operated.

*2 <− +>:

Use to adjust the audio volume. Thesebuttons have the same function as thatof the volume control knob. Refer tothe vehicle Owner’s Manual.

*3 <BACK >:

Push this button during a settingoperation to return to the previousscreen. In a settings screen, thisbutton can also be used to apply thesetting.

*4 <TALK >:

Push to start the voice recognitionsystem. If the voice recognition systemis already activated, pushing thisbutton cancels the voice guidanceand a voice command can be spoken

immediately.

*5 <SOURCE>:

Use to switch the audio mode (source).Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

*6 < >:

Push to display the phone modescreen.

Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

*7 < >:

Push to change what is shown on thevehicle information display.

Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

STARTING SYSTEM

The navigation system starts when theignition switch is turned to the ACC or ONposition.

NOTE:

Do not keep the navigation system on with theengine or the hybrid system stopped. Doing somay discharge the vehicle battery (12V bat-tery). When you use the navigation system,always keep the engine or the hybrid systemrunning.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-8

Page 19: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(17,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

NAVIGATION SYSTEM STATUS SCREEN

By pushing <STATUS> at any time, a splitscreen with audio information that isalways at the top can be displayed.

Each time <STATUS> is pushed, the bottompart of the screen changes between airconditioner, fuel economy and navigationdirections.

INFO:

There are different status screens displayeddepending on various factors, such as thecurrently active mode, whether a destinationhas been set or not, etc.

JNB0195MWhen a route to the destination is set and theaudio system is on, a screen similar to the one

above appears.

*1 Turning direction at the next intersec-tion

*2 Name of the next street

*3 Distance to the next intersection

*4 Distance remaining to the destination

*5 Remaining time to the destination

JNB0196MWhen a route to the destination is not setand the audio system is off, a screensimilar to the one above appears.

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-9

Page 20: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(18,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

FUNCTIONS DISABLED WHILE DRIVING

IGT0081

To ensure safe driving, some functionscannot be operated or have limited opera-tion when the vehicle driving speed isabove 5 MPH (8 km/h).

The on-screen text and keys for theserestricted functions will be "grayed-out"or muted and cannot be selected whiledriving. In some cases, a screen messagewill appear indicating a restricted function.

Restricted functions while driving include:

. Character (letter and number) inputscreen during destination entry (streetaddress, phone number, freeway en-trance/exit, intersection, city center)

. Places search by name and city name

. Scrolling and viewing of certain naviga-tion lists

. Adding/editing address book entries

. Adding/editing home location

. Storing current position, information,destinations

These functions will become availableagain when the vehicle speed is reducedto 5 MPH (8 km/h).

Destination functions available while driv-ing include:

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-10

Page 21: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(19,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

. Home

. Address Book

. Previous Destinations

. Nearby places

. My places

. Map input

TOUCH SCREEN OPERATIONThe same operations described for thescrolling dial are possible using touchscreen operation.

MENU SCREEN AND OPERATIONMETHOD

MENU SCREENS AND THEIR PURPOSES

IGT0231

Push <DEST> , <ROUTE> , <INFO> or<SETTING> to display the correspondingmenu screen.

How to select menu itemExample: <DEST> screen

1. Highlight the preferred menu itemusing the INFINITI controller.

2. To select the highlighted menu item,push <ENTER>. The next screen isdisplayed.

3. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen.

Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-11

Page 22: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(20,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

INFO:

An item can also be selected by tilting <ENTER>on the steering wheel up and down, and thenpushing <ENTER>.

USING CONTROLS TO ADJUST VALUES, LEVELS, ETC.

IGT0083

With directional buttons

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-12

Page 23: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(21,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IGT0232

Without directional buttons

There are five main methods to control thenavigation system: the center dial, themain directional buttons, the slide switch,the touch panel and the switches on thesteering wheel. Use these controls toadjust the volume of the phone and voiceguidance, the display brightness, etc.

How to adjust1. Highlight the preferred setting item and

push <ENTER>. The color of the corre-sponding adjustment item changes.

2. Adjust the value or level indicating barusing the INFINITI controller.

3. Push <ENTER> or <BACK> to apply thesetting.

INFO:

. The volume of phone and voice guidance,the display brightness, etc. can be adjustedby tilting <ENTER> on the steering wheel upand down.

. These same adjustments can also beperformed using the touch panel operation.

“Adjusting volume and others”(page 2-15)

START MENUThe start menu can be displayed using theswitches on the steering wheel.

IGT00841. Push and hold <ENTER> on the steering

wheel.

2. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-13

Page 24: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(22,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

INFO:

<ENTER> on the steering wheel can be used todisplay the start menu only when the map orstatus screen is displayed.

Available setting items

. [Destination]:Displays the destination screen. It isthe same screen that appears when<DEST> is pushed.

“4. Setting destination”

. [Route]:Displays the route screen. It is the samescreen that appears when <ROUTE> ispushed.

“5. Route guidance”

. [Info]:Displays the information screen. It isthe same screen that appears when<INFO> is pushed.

“7. Viewing technical information”

. [Settings]:Displays the settings screen. It is thesame screen that appears when<SETTING> is pushed.

“8. Other settings”

LIST SCREEN

IGT0085

After searching for a point of interest, a listscreen is displayed.

Depending on the list displayed, it can besorted.

Items displayed in list

*1 Highlight the preferred item from thelist and push <ENTER> to select it. If alocation or facility name is not com-pletely displayed (due to length), high-light the item to display the hidden

part of the name.

*2 Distance from the current location

*3 Direction to the point of interest

*4 If the entire list cannot be displayed onthe screen, the system displays thetotal number of items in the list andthe entry number of the selected item.Scroll the list using the INFINITI con-troller.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-14

Page 25: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(23,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

*5 The list will automatically scroll to thesection of the list that begins with theletter selected.

INFO:

This feature is only available when the list issorted by name and is not active for all lists.

*6 Highlight and push <ENTER> to selectthe other sort options.

*7 When the list is sorted by the shortestdistance, the selected location can beconfirmed in the preview displayed onthe right side of the screen.

*8 Highlight and push <ENTER> to modifythe search conditions.

TOUCH PANEL OPERATION

With this system, it is possible to use theINFINITI controller and touch panel opera-tion to perform the same operations.

This manual describes the operationsusing the INFINITI controller.

For the operations that differ from those ofthe INFINITI controller and for usefulmethods for using the touch panel opera-tion, refer to each section.

EXAMPLE OF TOUCH PANEL OPERA-TIONExamples of operations performed usingthe touch panel operation are describedhere.

Selecting item

IGT0086When the item is touched, the next screenis displayed.

Adjusting volume and others

IGT0087Touch [+] or [−] located on the right and leftof the bar graph to perform the adjustment.

Scrolling a list or message

IGT0088Touch [ ] or [ ] to scroll the list ormessage.

Touch [ ] or [ ] to skip to the next page.

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-15

Page 26: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(24,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

Inputting letters and numbers

IGT00891. Touch the letter or number.

2. Touch [Delete] to delete a character.Push and hold [Delete] to delete all ofthe characters.

HOW TO INPUT LETTERS AND NUMBERS

CHARACTER (letters and numbers)INPUT SCREENAlphanumeric characters are entered to seta destination, search for a facility, editstored locations, etc.

IGT00901. Use the INFINITI controller to highlight a

character on the displayed keyboard.

IGT00912. Push <ENTER>. The highlighted charac-

ter is entered.

INFO:

Inputting letters can also be done with thetouch panel operation.

IGT00923. Push <BACK>, or highlight [Delete] and

push <ENTER> to delete the last char-acter entered.

Push and hold <BACK> to delete all thecharacters entered.

Highlight [Space] and push <ENTER> toenter a space.

IGT0093

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-16

Page 27: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(25,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

4. After finishing the entry, highlight [List]and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

. Push <BACK> on the control panel to returnto the previous screen, but only afterdeleting all the characters entered.

. Touch [BACK] on the screen to return to theprevious screen even when characters havebeen entered.

. The list screen appears automatically whentext has been entered and the matching listitems have been narrowed down to anumber that will fit on the screen.

IGT0094Symbol input screen

. Symbol keys are displayed by highlighting[Symbols] and pushing <ENTER>. Alphabetkeys are displayed by highlighting [A-Z] andpushing <ENTER>.

NUMBER INPUT SCREENA phone number or a street number canalso be entered as a search method to lookfor a destination. Perform the followingprocedure to enter a number.

INFO:

Only the locations included in the map datadatabase can be searched for by a phonenumber.

IGT00951. Use the INFINITI controller to highlight a

number on the displayed keyboard.

IGT00962. Push <ENTER>. The highlighted number

is entered.

INFO:

Inputting numbers can also be done withthe touch panel operation.

IGT00973. Push <BACK>, or highlight [Delete] and

push <ENTER> to delete the last numberentered.

Push and hold <BACK> to delete all thenumbers entered.

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-17

Page 28: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(26,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

IGT00984. After finishing the entry, highlight [List]

and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

. Push <BACK> on the control panel to returnto the previous screen, but only afterdeleting all the numbers entered.

. Touch [BACK] on the screen to return to theprevious screen even when numbers havebeen entered.

MAP MENU SCREEN

Push <ENTER> while the current locationmap screen or a scrolled map screen isdisplayed to display the menu correspond-ing to that screen.

This menu can be used to access helpfulfunctions quickly, such as setting a desti-nation and searching for points of interestnearby.

There are various methods used to select amenu item. Use a method described earlierin this manual.

“Menu screen and operation method”(page 2-11)

INFO:

With the touch panel operation, the same screencan be displayed by touching [Map Menu]located on the map screen.

CURRENT LOCATION MAP SCREEN

IGT0099If <ENTER> is pushed while the currentlocation map screen is displayed, thefollowing options are available.

. [Store Location]:Stores the current vehicle location inthe Address Book. The stored locationcan be retrieved as necessary to set itas a destination (waypoint).

“Storing location” (page 6-2)

. [Nearby Places]:Searches for points of interest near thecurrent vehicle location, such as res-taurants and gas stations, etc.

“Finding nearby place” (page 4-6)

. [Map View]:Performs map operations such as theswitching of map type and the settingof map orientation and scale.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-18

Page 29: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(27,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

“3. Map settings”

. [Map Icons]:Displays map icons of certain points ofinterest (such as restaurants and gasstations, etc.) on the map around thecurrent vehicle location.

“Displaying map icons”(page 3-18)

. [Store Tracking]:Stores in the Address Book the routetravelled from the starting point to thecurrent location.

“Storing tracked route” (page 6-6)

SCROLLED LOCATION MAP SCREEN

IGT0100If <ENTER> is pushed while a scrolled mapscreen is displayed, the following optionsare available.

. [New Dest.]:Sets the destination to the map loca-tion where <ENTER> was pushed. If adestination is already set, the locationwill be set as the new destination.

“Setting point on map”(page 4-21)

. [Add to Route]:Sets the map location where <ENTER>was pushed as the destination or awaypoint. This is available only when asuggested route is already set.

“Setting destination or waypoint”(page 5-15)

. [Nearby Places]:Searches for points of interest near themap location where <ENTER> waspushed and sets them as a destinationor waypoint.Use the same search method as the onefor [Places].

“Finding nearby place” (page 4-6)

. [Store Location]:Store the map location where <ENTER>was pushed in the Address Book. Thestored location can be retrieved to set itas a destination or waypoint.

“Storing location” (page 6-2)

. [Delete]:Deletes a stored location. Availableonly when the cross pointer is placedover a stored location icon.

. [Incident Detail]:This function can be selected only whenthe traffic information icon is dis-played. Displays the details of thetraffic information icon. Place the crosspointer over the icon to be checked.

INFO:

Incident details are a feature of Traffic Informa-tion, and a NavTraffic subscription is required inorder to receive Traffic Information.

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-19

Page 30: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(28,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

STORING HOME LOCATION/ADDRESS

HOW TO STORE HOME LOCATIONIf a home location is already stored in theAddress Book, it can be easily retrieved toset the route to the stored home location.

The procedure to store the home location isthe same as for storing any other location.

“4. Setting destination”

As an example, the procedure for storingthe home location by searching for adestination by address is described here.

IGT01011. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Home (Add New)] and push<ENTER>.

IGT01023. A confirmation message is displayed.

Confirm the message, highlight [Yes]and push <ENTER>.

IGT01034. Highlight [Street Address] and push

<ENTER>. A character input screen isdisplayed.

IGT01045. Enter the address of the home location,

highlight [OK] and push <ENTER>.“Finding address” (page 4-4)

The map screen is displayed.

IGT01056. Adjust the location of your home using

the INFINITI controller, if necessary.

7. After adjusting the location, push<ENTER>.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-20

Page 31: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(29,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

INFO:

It is recommended to move the homelocation for security reasons.

IGT01068. A message is displayed and the home

location is stored.

IGT01079. Highlight [OK] and push <ENTER>.

10.Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen. The home icon isdisplayed on the map.

INFO:

The same setting can also be performed bypushing <SETTING> and highlighting [Naviga-tion].

“Storing location by searching” (page 6-2)

SETTING DESTINATION

SEARCHING FOR DESTINATIONSAs an example, the method for setting anearby restaurant as the destination using[Places] is described here.

JNB0289X1. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Places] and push <ENTER>.

JNB0403X3. Highlight [Nearby RESTAURANT] and

push <ENTER>.

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-21

Page 32: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(30,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

INFO:

The search can also be narrowed down byselecting [All Categories or Name] on thisscreen. By selecting [All Categories orName], the area, name of facility, etc. canbe specified.

IGT01104. Highlight the preferred restaurant from

the list and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

. The position of the selected location isdisplayed in the preview on the rightside of the screen.

. If there is a route already in progress,only places along the current route willbe listed. Turn off [Show Along Route] atthe top of list to display all nearbyplaces.

IGT01115. The entire route is shown on the map.

Highlight [Start] after confirming thelocation of the displayed destination,and push <ENTER>.

The system sets the destination to theselected location and starts calculatinga route.

INFO:

Even after setting a destination, the locationof the destination can be adjusted and theroute can be stored, etc., if necessary.

“Procedures after setting destination”(page 5-2)

STARTING ROUTE GUIDANCEAfter the destination is set and routecalculation is performed, the suggestedroute is displayed.

IGT01121. Highlight [Start] and push <ENTER>.

IGT01132. Once route guidance is started, the

system navigates you through theguide points using visual and voiceguidance.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-22

Page 33: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(31,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IGT01143. When approaching a guide point, the

system automatically changes to thesplit screen and shows an enlargedview of the intersection in the leftscreen. Push <MAP> to switch to thefull map screen.

IGT01154. When arriving at the destination, route

guidance automatically ends.

CANCELING ROUTECancel a route that is already set accordingto the following procedure.

IGT01161. Push <ROUTE>.

2. Highlight [Cancel Route] and push<ENTER>.

IGT01173. A confirmation message is displayed.

Highlight [Yes] and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

. If a route is canceled, [Cancel Route]changes to [Resume Route].Highlight [Resume Route] and push <ENTER>to reactivate the canceled route.This is available only until a new route is setor a currently set destination is deleted.

. [Cancel Route] does not delete the destina-tion that has been set. To delete a destina-tion, push <DEST> and highlight [Next Page]and push <ENTER>. And then highlight[Delete Destination] and push <ENTER>.

“Delete destination” (page 4-22)

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-23

Page 34: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(32,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

OPERATING MAPS

HOW TO VIEW MAP SCREENThe navigation system displays variousinformation on the map screen.

Screen information

JNB0290X

*1 Vehicle icon:

Indicates the current vehicle locationand the direction of travel.

*2 Starting point:

Displays the vehicle location, withwhich the route is set, as the startingpoint.

*3 Guide point:

Indicates a guide point on the route.

*4 Waypoint:

Displays the set locations between thestarting point and the destination. Amaximum of 5 waypoints can be set.

*5 Destination:

Indicates the destination location ofthe route guidance.

Upon reaching the destination, theaddress will be displayed on the mapscreen.

*6 Suggested route:

Appears in bold yellow during routeguidance.

*7 Map Menu icon:

Touch the icon to display the MapMenu screen.

“Map menu screen” (page 2-18)

*8 / Direction indicator:

Indicates the directional setting of themap. Touch the icon to change thesetting.

: North always pointing up.

: Direction of the vehicle alwayspointing up.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-24

Page 35: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(33,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

“Setting map orientation”(page 3-14)

*9 Scale indicator:

Indicates the scale of the map.

Touch the icon to display the scale bar.The map scale can be adjusted usingthe scale bar.

“Operating with touch panel op-eration” (page 3-5)

*10 Street name:

Displays the name of the street thatthe vehicle is currently driving on.

*11 IVR soft button (if so equipped):

Touch the icon to connect to the InfinitiConnectionTM Interactive Voice Menu.

“Connecting to Interactive VoiceMenu” (page 7-11)

INFO:

Infiniti Connection Interactive Voice Menu is afeature of Infiniti Connection. Use of this featureis dependent upon a valid subscription and thetelematics device being in operative condition,as well as cellular connectivity, navigation mapdata and GPS satellite signal reception beingavailable.

SETTING VOICE GUIDANCE

TURNING VOICE GUIDANCE ON/OFFVoice guidance can be activated or deacti-vated.

IGT01191. Push <ROUTE>.

2. Highlight [Guidance Settings] and push<ENTER>.

IGT01203. Highlight [Guidance Voice] and push

<ENTER>. The indicator illuminates ifvoice guidance is activated.

Other settingsVoice guidance can also be activated ordeactivated by performing the followingprocedure.

IGT01211. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Volume & Beeps] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Guidance Voice] and push<ENTER>.

ADJUSTING VOICE GUIDANCE VO-LUMEThe volume of voice guidance can beadjusted.

INFO:

The guidance volume cannot be adjusted whilevoice guidance is being announced.

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-25

Page 36: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(34,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

IGT01191. Push <ROUTE>.

2. Highlight [Guidance Settings] and push<ENTER>.

IGT01223. Highlight [Guidance Volume] and push

<ENTER>.

IGT01234. Adjust the volume of voice guidance by

using the INFINITI controller.

Other settingsThe volume of voice guidance can also beadjusted by performing the followingprocedure.

IGT01241. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Volume & Beeps] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Guidance Volume] and push<ENTER>.

4. Adjust the volume of voice guidance byusing the INFINITI controller.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-26

Page 37: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(35,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION

INFINITI Voice Recognition allows hands-free operation of the navigation systemand other systems equipped on thisvehicle, such as the phone, vehicle infor-mation and audio.

INFINITI Voice Recognition can be used inone of two selectable modes, StandardMode or Alternate Command Mode.

In Standard Mode, the commands that areavailable are always shown on the displayand announced by the system. To performoperations, simply follow the promptsgiven by the system.

For advanced operations, change to Alter-nate Command Mode. When this mode isactive, an expanded list of commands canbe spoken after pushing <TALK > on thesteering wheel, and the voice commandmenu prompts are turned off. Note that inthis mode the recognition success rate maydecrease because there are more com-mands available and more ways of speak-ing each command. Otherwise, it isrecommended that Alternate CommandMode be turned off and Standard Modebe used for the best recognition perfor-mance.

INFO:

. For U.S. customers, Standard Mode isselected by default. For Canadian custo-mers, Alternate Command Mode is thedefault mode.

. For voice recognition system operationsrelated to the phone, audio or vehicleinformation systems, refer to the vehicleOwner’s Manual.

. When the system language is set to“Français” (French) or “Español” (Spanish),the available commands and functions maydiffer from those that are available whenusing the system in English.

USING VOICE RECOGNITION SYS-TEM

InitializationWhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, INFINITI Voice Recognition isinitialized, which may take up to oneminute. When completed, the system isready to accept voice commands. If <TALK

> is pushed before the initializationcompletes, the display will show themessage: “System not ready.”

BEFORE STARTINGTo get the best recognition performancefrom INFINITI Voice Recognition, observethe following points.

. The interior of the vehicle should be asquiet as possible. Close the windows toeliminate the surrounding noises (traf-fic noise, vibration sounds, etc.), whichmay prevent the system from correctlyrecognizing the voice commands.

. Wait until the tone sounds beforespeaking a command.

. Speak in a natural conversational voicewithout pausing between words.

. If the air conditioner is set to “AUTO”,the fan speed is automatically loweredso that commands can be recognizedmore easily.

GIVING VOICE COMMANDSThe method of giving a voice command inStandard Mode is described here.

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-27

Page 38: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(36,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

INI0267Type A (if so equipped)

INI0376Type B (if so equipped)

IGT0208Type C (if so equipped)

IGT0233Type D (if so equipped)

JNB0288XType E (if so equipped)

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. A list of commands appears on thescreen, and the system provides thevoice menu prompt.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes from [ ] to [ ],speak a command.

4. Continue to follow the voice menuprompts and speak after the tonesounds until the operation is com-pleted.

Operating tips. Speak a command after the tone.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-28

Page 39: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(37,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

. Commands that are available are al-ways shown on the display and spokenthrough voice menu prompts. Com-mands other than those that aredisplayed are not accepted. Pleasefollow the prompts given by the sys-tem.

. If the command is not recognized, thesystem announces, “Please say again”.Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push <BACK> once to return to theprevious screen.

. Push and hold <TALK > to cancel thecommand. The message, “Voice recog-nition is canceled” will be announced.

Voice Prompt Interrupt:

Push <TALK > to stop the voice promptand give the command at once. Rememberto wait for the tone before speaking.

VOICE COMMAND EXAMPLESTo use the voice recognition system,speaking one command is sometimessufficient, but at other times it is necessaryto speak two or more commands. Asexamples, some additional basic opera-tions that can be performed by voicecommands are described here.

Example 1: Placing call to phone number800-662-6200

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. The system provides the voice menuprompt.

3. Speak “Phone”.

JVH0493X4. Speak “Dial Number”.

IGT01375. Speak “800”.

IGT01386. The system announces, “Please say

next three digits or dial, or say changenumber”. Speak “662”.

IGT01397. The system announces, “Please say

last four digits or say change number”.Speak “6200”.

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-29

Page 40: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(38,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

IGT01408. The system announces, “Dial or Change

Number?”. Speak “Dial”.

IGT01419. The system makes a call to 800-662-

6200.

INFO:

. Speaking “800-662-6200” (10 continuousdigits) or “662-6200” (7 continuous digits)is acceptable, if the area code is notnecessary. However the 3-3-4 digit groupingis recommended for improved recognition.

“How to speak numbers” (page 9-14)

. The INFINITI voice recognition system is notlimited to recognizing phone numbers ofonly 7 or 10 digits. To dial a number in aformat other than the 3-3-4 digit grouping,use the “International Call” command.

. If “Change Number” is spoken during phonenumber entry, the system will automaticallyrequest that the number be repeated usingthe 3-3-4 format. In this case, speak thearea code first and then follow the prompts.

. Do not add a “1” in front of the area codewhen speaking phone numbers.

. If the system does not recognize a spokenvoice command, try repeating the commandusing a natural voice. Speaking too slowlyor too loudly may further reduce recognitionaccuracy.

Example 2: Placing international call tophone number 011-81-111-222-333

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. The system provides the voice menuprompt.

3. Speak “Phone”.

JVH0493X4. Speak “International Call”.

IGT01445. Speak “01181111222333”.

IGT0145

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-30

Page 41: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(39,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

6. Speak “Dial”.

IGT01467. The system makes a call to 011-81-

111-222-333.

INFO:

Any digit input format is available in theinternational number input process.

Example 3: Setting destination by streetaddress

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. The system provides the voice menuprompt.

3. Speak “Navigation”.

JNB0276X4. Speak “Address”.

IGT01285. Speak the name of the state, “Califor-

nia”.

IGT0130

6. Speak the name of the city, “Gardena”.

IGT01317. Voice feedback will be provided when

the command is accepted, and the listof city names is displayed.

8. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes again, speak“Four”.

IGT01299. Speak the name of the street, “South

Figueroa Street”.

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-31

Page 42: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(40,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

INFO:

Only the official street names stored in themap database can be recognized by thesystem. To improve accuracy, speak thestreet name precisely and include boule-vard, way, north, south, etc. If the full nameis not known, speaking only part of thestreet name such as “Figueroa” is accepta-ble, but recognition accuracy may be re-duced.

IGT0132

10.Voice feedback will be provided whenthe command is accepted, and the listof street names appears.

11.After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes again, speak“One”.

IGT013312.Speak the house number.

“How to speak numbers”(page 9-14)

INFO:

If the house number is not known, speak“No house number”.

IGT013413.To confirm the destination location on

the map, speak “Show Map”. To calcu-late a route, speak “Calculate Route”.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-32

Page 43: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(41,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

COMMAND LISTS

Category Command Action

Call (Optional) Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either phonebook. Please say "Call" followed by astored name.

Phone Operates the Phone function.

Navigation Operates the Navigation function.

Information Displays the Vehicle Information function.

Audio Operates the Audio function.

Help Displays the User Guide.

Navigation Command Action

Destination Home Sets a route to the home location that is stored in the Address book.

Address Searches for a location by the street address specified, and sets a route (for continental U.S.and Canada only).

Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location.

Address Book Searches for information stored in the Address Book.

Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination.

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-33

Page 44: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(42,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

Phone Command Action

Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits.

Quick Dial Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Quick Dial.

Phonebook Makes a call to a phone number stored in a mobile phone.

Call History Incoming Calls Makes a call to an incoming call number.

Outgoing Calls Makes a call to a dialed number.

Missed Calls Makes a call to a missed calls number.

International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.

Information Command Action

Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.

Trip Computer (if so equipped) Displays trip information.

Maintenance Displays maintenance information.

Where am I? Displays GPS information.

Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system on and off.

Audio Command Action

AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.

FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.

XM Turns to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio band, selecting the channel last played.

CD Starts to play a CD.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-34

Page 45: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(43,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

General Command Action

Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen.

Exit Cancels Voice Recognition.

INFO:

Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual for the operations related to phone, information and audio.

2. Getting started

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-35

Page 46: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(44,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Getting started

MEMO

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

2-36

Page 47: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(45,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

3 Map settings

Map types .............................................................. 3-22D map .............................................................. 3-2BirdviewTM (3D) map .......................................... 3-3Building graphics ............................................... 3-3

Displaying current vehicle location ......................... 3-4Operating with control panel .............................. 3-4Operating with touch panel operation ................ 3-5

Moving map ........................................................... 3-52D map .............................................................. 3-5BirdviewTM (3D) map .......................................... 3-7

Changing scale of map ........................................... 3-8Operating with ZOOM buttons (ifso equipped) ...................................................... 3-8Operating with center dial .................................. 3-9Operating with touch panel operation .............. 3-10Map scale ........................................................ 3-10

Changing map view ............................................. 3-11Other settings ................................................ 3-12

Map view settings ................................................ 3-13Basic operation .............................................. 3-13Setting map orientation .................................. 3-14Settings long range map view ......................... 3-15Setting map color ........................................... 3-16Changing BirdviewTM angle ............................. 3-16Setting left screen display .............................. 3-17

Looking at information on map ............................ 3-18Displaying map icons ..................................... 3-18Map scrolling information ............................... 3-19Map symbols .................................................. 3-21Road color ...................................................... 3-22Traffic information on map .............................. 3-22

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

Page 48: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(46,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

3. Map settings

MAP TYPES

Two types of map views are available: 2Dmap and BirdviewTM (3D) map.

2D MAPThe 2D map displays the map in a 2-dimensional environment similar to a roadmap.

Screen information

JNC0199X

*1 Vehicle icon:

Indicates the current vehicle locationand the direction of travel.

*2 Guide point:

Indicates a guide point on the route.

*3 Remaining time and distance tothe destination:

Indicates the approximate remainingtime and distance to the destination orwaypoint. This indicator will appearwhen a destination or waypoint is setand route guidance is started.

When the vehicle is not driven on thesuggested route, the screen displaysthe direction to the destination and thedistance to the destination from thecurrent vehicle position.

“Switching estimated arrival timedisplay” (page 5-29)

*4 Suggested route:

Appears in bold yellow during routeguidance.

*5 / Direction indicator:

Indicates the directional setting of themap. Touch the icon to change thesetting.

: North always pointing up.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-2

Page 49: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(47,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

: Direction of the vehicle alwayspointing up.

“Setting map orientation”(page 3-14)

*6 Scale indicator:

Indicates the scale of the map. Touchthe icon to display the scale bar.

The map scale can be adjusted usingthe scale bar.

“Operating with touch panel op-eration” (page 3-10)

*7 Arrow:

Indicates the distance to the nextguide point and the turning directionat that guide point.

*8 Stored location (orange):

Displays the locations that are storedin the Address Book. Icons can bechanged according to personal prefer-ences.

“Storing location” (page 6-2)

*9 Avoid Area (green or blue):

Displays the areas to avoid that arestored in the Address Book with greenor blue icons. During the route search,the route guidance is performed bysearching for a route that avoids those

areas.“Storing avoid area” (page 6-7)

*10 Street name:

Displays the name of the street thevehicle is currently driving on.

*11 Traffic indicator:

Displays the reception condition of thetraffic information transmitted fromthe provider.

Green: Reception condition is good.

Gray: Reception condition is not good.

No mark: Subscription to NavTrafficservice is not detected.

BirdviewTM (3D) MAPBirdviewTM displays the map from anelevated perspective. In BirdviewTM, it iseasy to recognize an image of the routebecause it provides a panoramic view overa long distance.

IMA0073

INFO:

Note the following items about the BirdviewTM

display.. “BirdviewTM” is a registered trademark of

Clarion Co., Ltd.

. The map in BirdviewTM always appears withthe current forward direction facing up.

BUILDING GRAPHICSIn an area where the building graphics arestored in the map data, the buildinggraphics are displayed when the map iszoomed in. On the 2D map display, theseare called “Building footprint graphics”,and on the BirdviewTM display, these arecalled “3D building graphics”.

The method to look at the map is the samefor the 2D and BirdviewTM maps.

3. Map settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-3

Page 50: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(48,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

3. Map settings

IMA0074Building footprint graphics (2D map)

IMA00753D building graphics (BirdviewTM map)

INFO:

In an area where the building graphics are notstored in the map data, the normal map isdisplayed even when the map is zoomed in.

DISPLAYING CURRENT VEHICLE LOCA-TION

OPERATING WITH CONTROL PANEL

IMA0076

The basic map screen displays the currentlocation (the position where the vehiclemark is located). Push <MAP> to display thecurrent location on the map while on anyscreen.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-4

Page 51: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(49,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

OPERATING WITH TOUCH PANELOPERATION

IMA0077After moving the map, touch [BACK] on themap screen to display the current locationmap screen.

MOVING MAP

IMA0171

The operations for moving across the mapare different between the 2D and Bird-viewTM maps.

2D MAPScreen information:

*1 Cross pointer

*2 Distance from the current location tothe cross pointer

*3 Street name

Operating with INFINITI controllerPush one of the directional buttons or theslide switch. Press and hold a directionalbutton or the slide switch to move con-tinuously across the map in a direction.

While moving across the map, the crosspointer appears.

If the map scale is set to 1/8 mile (200 m)or less, the street indicated by the cross

3. Map settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-5

Page 52: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(50,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

3. Map settings

pointer will blink in pink and the streetname will be displayed.

Operating with touch operation

IMA00791. Touch the screen.

The cross pointer is displayed, and thetouched position is set as the center ofthe screen.

IMA00802. Touch the direction to move to. The map

continues to scroll while the screen istouched.

INFO:

While driving, one touch continuous scrolling isdisabled. Touch the screen again to scrollfurther.If the map screen is set to the building footprintgraphics, the map cannot be scrolled whiledriving.

Fine-tuning the cursor position:

IMA00811. Touch [Slow].

The 8-directional key is displayed.

IMA00822. Touch the 8-directional key to adjust

the cross pointer position. Touch[BACK] to complete the adjustment.

INFO:

Fine-tuning the cursor position is not possiblewhile driving.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-6

Page 53: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(51,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

BirdviewTM (3D) MAP

IMA0172

Screen information:

*1 Cross pointer

*2 Street name

*3 Distance from the vehicle position tothe cross pointer

Rotates the map clockwise.

Rotates the map counterclockwise.

Moves the cross pointer in the directionof the arrow.

Operating with INFINITI controllerPush one of the directional buttons or theslide switch. Press and hold a directionalbutton or the slide switch to move con-tinuously across the map in a direction.

While moving on the map, the cross pointerappears.

Operating with touch panel

IMA00841. Touch the screen.

The cross pointer and 8-directional keyare displayed.

IMA00842. Touch the direction to move to. The map

continues to scroll while the screen istouched.

3. Map settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-7

Page 54: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(52,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

3. Map settings

IMA00863. Touch [ ] or [ ] to change the

direction of the map.

: Rotates the map clockwise.

: Rotates the map counterclockwise.

INFO:

While driving, one touch continuous scrolling isdisabled. Touch the screen again to scrollfurther.

CHANGING SCALE OF MAP

OPERATING WITH ZOOM BUTTONS (if so equipped)

IMA0087

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-8

Page 55: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(53,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Push <ZOOM IN> or <ZOOM OUT>. A scaleappears on the right side of the screen.

To view the map in detail, push <ZOOM IN>.

To view a wider area, push <ZOOM OUT>.

The scale will automatically disappearwhen neither <ZOOM IN> nor <ZOOMOUT> has been pushed for several sec-onds.

If the scaling operation is not performed fora specified period of time, the scale displaydisappears.

INFO:

Free zoom:The scale can be changed in smaller steps when<ZOOM IN> or <ZOOM OUT> is pushed and heldthan when the button is pushed briefly. Whenthe button is pushed briefly, the scale can bechanged in large steps.

“Other navigation settings” (page 8-7)

OPERATING WITH CENTER DIAL

IMA0173

1. Turn the center dial when the mapscreen is displayed. The map scale isdisplayed at the right side of thescreen.

2. Use the center dial to adjust the mapscale.

*1 Clockwise: Zoom in

*2 Counterclockwise: Zoom out

INFO:

Free zoom:Depending on the setting, using the center dialto change the map scale may adjust the scalenormally, or it may engage the free zoom (finerscale adjustment in smaller steps).

“Other navigation settings” (page 8-7)

3. Map settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-9

Page 56: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(54,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

3. Map settings

OPERATING WITH TOUCH PANELOPERATION

IMA00891. Touch [ ].

The scale is displayed.

IMA00902. Touch [ZOOM IN] or [ZOOM OUT] to

change the scale.

INFO:

Free zoom:Once the [Small Step Zoom by Dial] is set to ONin the setting screen, the scale can be changedin smaller steps when [ZOOM IN] or [ZOOM OUT]is pushed and held than when either button isbriefly pushed. If briefly pushed, the operationreturns to normal.

Voice command

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

To change the map scale:

“Zoom In <1 to 13>” (Alternate Com-mand Mode)

“Zoom Out <1 to 13>” (Alternate Com-mand Mode)

MAP SCALEAny required map scale (map coverage)between 320 miles (640 km) and 1/64 of amile (25 m) can be selected.

Scale level for 2D map and Bird-viewTM map (3D) display

Normal Map

US Units Metric Units

320 miles 640 km

80 miles 160 km

32 miles 64 km

8 miles 16 km

5 miles 10 km

2 miles 4 km

1 mile 2 km

1/2 mile 1 km

1/4 mile 500 m

1/8 mile 200 m

1/16 mile 100 m

1/32 mile 50 m

Shows build-ing footprintgraphics

1/32 mile 50 m

1/64 mile 25 m

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-10

Page 57: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(55,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IMA0091Example: The most detailed level (2D map)

IMA0092Example: The widest level (2D map)

IMA0093Example: The most detailed level (Bird-viewTM map)

IMA0094Example: The widest level (BirdviewTM

map)

INFO:

The traffic information icons are not displayedon the map screen when the map scale is set to32 miles (64 km) or higher.

“Traffic information display and scalelevels” (page 7-20)

CHANGING MAP VIEW

The map view can be changed between the2D and BirdviewTM maps. The map can alsobe displayed in the split screen mode.

IMA00951. Push <ENTER>while the current location

map screen is displayed.

IMA00972. Highlight [Map View] and push

<ENTER>.

3. Map settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-11

Page 58: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(56,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

3. Map settings

IMA00973. Highlight [Change View] and push the

right button of the directional buttonsor push the slide switch to the right.

4. Highlight the preferred map view andpush <ENTER>. The indicator of theselected map view illuminates.

5. The display automatically returns to themap screen.

Available views

. [2D Map]:Switches to the 2D map.

. [Birdview (3D)]:Switches to the BirdviewTM map.

. [Split: 2D Map]:Changes to the split screen mode andboth halves display maps in 2D.

. [Split: Birdview Map]:Changes to the split screen mode and

the left half displays the map in 2D andthe right half displays the map inBirdviewTM.

INFO:

. When the split screen mode is selected, themap settings for the left screen can bechanged independently.

“Setting left screen display”(page 3-17)

. If the split screen mode is selected, thenormal map scrolling and scale adjustmentare set in the right screen.

. The map direction or scale for each screencan be adjusted independently by touchingan icon on the map.

IMA0098Split: 2D Map

IMA0099Split: BirdviewTM Map

OTHER SETTINGSThe map view can also be set by perform-ing the following procedure.

IMA01001. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Map View] and push<ENTER>.

4. Highlight [Change View] and push<ENTER>.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-12

Page 59: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(57,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.

Voice command

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

. To display the 2D map:“Plan View map” (Alternate Com-mand Mode)

. To display the BirdviewTM map:“Birdview map” (Alternate CommandMode)

MAP VIEW SETTINGS

Other settings are also available for themap screen, such as changing the mapdirection, map color, BirdviewTM angle, etc.

BASIC OPERATION

IMA01011. Push <ENTER>while the current location

map screen is displayed.

IMA01022. Highlight [Map View] and push

<ENTER>.

IMA01033. Highlight [Map Settings] and push

<ENTER>.

IMA01044. Highlight the preferred item and push

<ENTER>.

Available setting items

. [Map Orientation]:Sets the map direction to North Up orHeading Up.

“Setting map orientation”(page 3-14)

3. Map settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-13

Page 60: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(58,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

3. Map settings

. [Long Range]:Sets the long range map view displayon/off.

“Settings long range map view”(page 3-15)

. [Map Color]:Changes the map color.

“Setting map color” (page 3-16)

. [Birdview Angle]:Changes the BirdviewTM angle.

“Changing BirdviewTM angle”(page 3-16)

. [Left Split Map Settings]:Sets the map settings for the left screenof the split map.

“Setting left screen display”(page 3-17)

. [Show all Freeway Exits on Route]Sets the display of the freeway exitinformation on/off.

“Show exit information on free-ways” (page 5-11)

. [Auto. Show Turn List on Freeway]:Sets the display of the turn list whilethe vehicle travels on a freeway or tollroad.

“Show exit information on free-

ways” (page 5-11)

Other settingsThe orientation of the map can also be setby performing the following procedure.

IMA01051. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Map View] and push<ENTER>.

SETTING MAP ORIENTATIONThe map direction (orientation) can also bechanged in the 2D map. These settings areavailable only in the 2D map or 2D/2D splitmap.

IMA01061. Highlight [Map Orientation] and push

<ENTER>.

IMA01072. Highlight the preferred map orientation

and push <ENTER>. The indicator of theselected map orientation illuminates.

3. Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-14

Page 61: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(59,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Available map orientations

. [North Up]:The top of the map remains oriented tothe north, and the vehicle icon rotateson the map.

. [Heading Up]:The vehicle icon always points up onthe screen and the map rotates.

INFO:

If the map orientation is switched, the directionindicator icon displayed in the lower left corneris also switched.

: North Up: Heading Up

IMA0108North Up

IMA0109Heading Up

INFO:

The direction of the map can also be changed bytouching the direction icon on the map screen.

Voice command

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

To change the map direction:

“North Up” (Alternate Command Mode)

“Heading Up” (Alternate CommandMode)

SETTINGS LONG RANGE MAP VIEWThe position of the vehicle icon can bechanged to view a wider area in thetraveling direction. If this function isactivated, the vehicle icon is locatedslightly lower than the center of the screen.

IMA01101. Highlight [Long Range] and push

<ENTER>. The indicator illuminates.

2. Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

IMA0111Long Range Map View

3. Map settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-15

Page 62: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(60,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

3. Map settings

INFO:

[Long Range] is displayed only when [HeadingUp] is selected.

SETTING MAP COLORThe map color can be changed to a warm orcool color, or a light color, to emphasizethe traffic information.

IMA01121. Highlight [Map Color] and push

<ENTER>.

IMA0113

2. Highlight the preferred map color andpush <ENTER>. The indicator light of theselected color illuminates.

Available map colors

The following map colors are available.

. [Warm]:Sets warm colors for the map coloring.

. [Cool]:Sets cool colors for the map coloring.

. [Traffic Emphasis]:Sets light colors for the map coloring toemphasize the traffic information.

INFO:

The effect of the setting changes can beconfirmed on the preview displayed on the rightside of the screen.

CHANGING BirdviewTM ANGLEThe BirdviewTM angle can be changed.

This setting is available only in the Bird-viewTM map or 2D/BirdviewTM split map.

IMA01141. Highlight [Birdview Angle] and push

<ENTER>.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-16

Page 63: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(61,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IMA01152. Adjust the BirdviewTM angle using the

INFINITI controller.

3. Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

SETTING LEFT SCREEN DISPLAYWhen the split screen is displayed, themap settings of the left screen can bechanged.

IMA01161. Highlight [Left Split Map Settings] and

push <ENTER>.

IMA01172. Highlight the preferred map setting and

push <ENTER>.

3. Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

Available setting items

. [Map Orientation]:The map direction can be selected asfollows.— [North Up]:

The top of the map remains oriented tothe north, and the vehicle icon rotateson the map.

— [Heading Up]:The vehicle icon always points up on thescreen and the map rotates.

. [Long Range]:Positions the vehicle icon slightly lowerthan the center of the screen. Thisoffers a wider view in the travelingdirection.

. [Map Scale]:Displays a scale on the left side of thescreen. Use this to change the scale ofa map.

INFO:

. The settings of the right screen are the sameas the settings of the full screen map.

. The map settings can also be changed bytouching the direction indicator or the scale

3. Map settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-17

Page 64: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(62,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

3. Map settings

indicator icon on the map. LOOKING AT INFORMATION ON MAP

Icons can be displayed on the map, andinformation about destinations and land-marks can be displayed.

DISPLAYING MAP ICONSThe map icons can be displayed or hiddenby type.

IMA01181. Push <ENTER>while the current location

map screen is displayed.

IMA0119

2. Highlight [Map Icons] and push<ENTER>.

IMA01203. Highlight the preferred icon and push

<ENTER>. The icon display setting tog-gles between on and off each time<ENTER> is pushed. The indicator of theselected icon illuminates.

IMA01214. Push <MAP> to return to the current

location map screen. The activatedicons are displayed on the map.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-18

Page 65: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(63,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

INFO:

If they are registered in the map data, the brandicons will be displayed on the map instead ofthe general map icons listed below.

Map icons that can be displayed

The following map items can be displayed.

. Restaurant

. Gas Station

. Hotel

. ATM

. Rest Area

Other settingsThe map icons can also be set by perform-ing the following procedure.

IMA01221. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Map Icons] and push<ENTER>.

INFO:

. The map icons are not displayed on the mapscreen when the map scale is set to 1/4 mile(500 m) or higher in the 2D map, or to 1 mile(2 km) or higher in the BirdviewTM map.

. When the [Small Step Zoom by Dial] is set toON; In 2D map, even when the map scaleicon indicates 1/8 mile (200 m), the mapicons are not displayed unless the map isset to the most zoomed in step within thescale level.In BirdviewTM map, even when the mapscale icon indicates 1/2 mile (1 km), themap icons are not displayed unless the mapis set to the most zoomed in step within thescale level.

MAP SCROLLING INFORMATIONInformation about the location, on whichthe center of the cross pointer is placed byscrolling on the map, can be set to bedisplayed.

1. Push <SETTING>.

IMA01232. Highlight [Navigation] and push

<ENTER>.

IMA01243. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

3. Map settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-19

Page 66: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(64,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

3. Map settings

IMA01254. Highlight [Map Scrolling Information]

and push <ENTER>.

IMA01265. Highlight the preferred information

item and push <ENTER>. The indicatorof the selected information item illumi-nates.

The following information items areavailable.

. [Address Book Icons]

. [Destination/Waypoint Icons]

. [Latitude/Longitude Info]

IMA01276. Push <MAP> to return to the current

location map screen. Move the crosspointer to the set location to display theinformation.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-20

Page 67: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(65,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

MAP SYMBOLSThis navigation system uses symbols to display facilities.

IMA0128

3. Map settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-21

Page 68: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(66,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

3. Map settings

ROAD COLORThe road types are differentiated by colors.

Freeway:

(Red or light red (zoomed in))

Main road:

(Brown or dark yellow)

Narrow street:

(Gray)

Road with incomplete map data:

(Dark green)

TRAFFIC INFORMATION ON MAPWith a subscription to the NavTrafficservice, traffic information is displayed.

“Viewing available traffic informa-tion” (page 7-16)

Free Flow:

(Green)

Moderate traffic:

(Yellow)

Heavy traffic:

(Red)

Section affected by serious traffic event:

(Purple)

The following traffic information icons may

be displayed

: Accident

: Closed road

: Information

: Road work

: Slippery road

: Weather

: Incident

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

3-22

Page 69: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(67,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

4 Setting destination

Destination screen ................................................. 4-2Basic operation .................................................. 4-2Changing region ................................................. 4-3Finding address ................................................. 4-4Finding place ..................................................... 4-6Setting home as destination .............................. 4-9Searching from address book ........................... 4-10Setting previous destination ............................ 4-11Setting by Infiniti ConnectionTM (ifso equipped) .................................................... 4-12

Setting previous start point ............................ 4-14Setting from stored routes .............................. 4-15Setting by phone number ............................... 4-16Setting freeway entrance/exit ......................... 4-17Setting intersection ........................................ 4-18Setting city center .......................................... 4-20Setting point on map ...................................... 4-21

Delete destination ............................................... 4-22

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

Page 70: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(68,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

4. Setting destination

DESTINATION SCREEN

There are several methods that can beused to set a destination. Understand theadvantages of each method and select thebest method for finding and setting apreferred destination.

JND0237X

BASIC OPERATION1. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight the preferred destinationsetting method and push <ENTER>.

Available setting items

. [Street Address] :Searches for a destination by address.

. [Places] :Searches for a destination from variouscategories of business or locations.

. [Home] :Searches for a route from the currentlocation to the previously stored homedestination.

. [Address Book] :Searches for a destination from the listof the stored locations.

. [Previous Destinations] :Searches for a destination from theprevious destinations.

. [Connected Search] (if so equipped) :Searches for a destination by connect-ing to the Infiniti ConnectionTM DataCenter.

Available setting items (next page screen)

. [Delete Destination] :Deletes the currently set destination.

. [Previous Start Point] :Sets the previous starting point as thedestination.

. [Stored Routes] :Selects a stored route.

. [Phone Number] :Searches for a point of interest by atelephone number.

. [Freeway Entrance/Exit] :Searches for a destination from a free-way entrance/exit.

. [Intersection] :Searches for a destination from inter-sections.

. [City Center] :Sets the center of a city as thedestination.

INFO:

. Designs and items displayed on the screenmay vary depending on the models and/orequipments.

. [Connected Search] is a feature of InfinitiConnection. Use of this feature is dependentupon a valid subscription and the telematicsdevice being in operative condition, as wellas cellular connectivity, navigation mapdata and GPS satellite signal receptionbeing available.

. [Phone Number] cannot be used to searchfor a location with a residential phonenumber.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-2

Page 71: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(69,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

CHANGING REGIONWhen setting a destination, the correctregion must be selected.

To narrow down the location, the city canalso be specified.

Specifying region

JND0238X1. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Change Region] and push<ENTER>.

JNB0283X

3. Highlight the preferred region and push<ENTER>.

Available setting items

. US1: CA, NV

. US2: AZ, CO, ID, MT, NM, OR, UT, WA,WY

. US3: IA, KS, MN, MO, ND, NE, SD

. US4: AR, LA, MS, OK, TX

. US5: IL, IN, MI, WI

. US6: DC, DE, KY, MD, OH, PA, VA, WV

. US7: CT, MA, ME, NH, NJ, NY, RI, VT

. US8: AL, FL, GA, NC, SC, TN

. US9: AK

. US10: HI

. Canada

. Puerto Rico

. Virgin Islands

INFO:

. It is also possible to select a region bytouching the map on the right side of thescreen.

. It is not possible to search for a route fromthe continental United States to Hawaii,Puerto Rico and Virgin Islands.

Specifying cityWhen searching for a destination with“Places”, “Freeway Entrance/Exit”, “Inter-section” or “City Center”, the search can benarrowed down by specifying the city.

For “City Center”, you can only change theregion.

As an example, the procedure for specify-ing the city from “Places” is describedhere.

IDE01031. Highlight [Select a City] and push

<ENTER>.

4. Setting destination

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-3

Page 72: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(70,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

4. Setting destination

IDE01042. Enter the name of the city, highlight

[List] and push <ENTER>.

A list screen is displayed.

INFO:

. The same screen will be displayed whena location is searched by “Street Ad-dress”, “Freeway Entrance/Exit” or “In-tersection”, and when [City] ishighlighted and <ENTER> is pushed.

“Finding address” (page 4-4)

. Highlight [Last 5 Cities] and push<ENTER> to display the last 5 citiesrecently set as destinations.

IDE0105

3. Highlight the city of the destinationfrom the list and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

There are instances when the destinationlist screen number will be less than whatwas shown in the matches screen, but thisis due to the system automatically deter-mining that some destinations are dupli-cates. The “Matches” destinations includesduplicates. When the [LIST] is highlightedand <ENTER> is pushed, the system does afurther analysis to remove the duplicates,so the number is sometimes less.

FINDING ADDRESSWhen the address of the destination isknown, use the following method to enterthe address and then have the systemcalculate a route. A location near thepreferred destination can also be searchedby entering the house number if the mapdata contains the relevant data.

JND0239X1. Push <DEST>, highlight [Street Address]

and push <ENTER>. A character inputscreen is displayed.

IDE0107

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-4

Page 73: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(71,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

2. Enter the house number, highlight [OK]and push <ENTER>. If the house numberis not available, highlight [No House #]and push <ENTER>. A street name inputscreen is displayed.

IDE01083. Enter the name of the street. After

finishing the entry, highlight [List] andpush <ENTER>. A list of streets isdisplayed.

INFO:

When [City] is highlighted and <ENTER> ispushed, a city can be specified by typing thecity name.

“Specifying city” (page 4-3)

IDE01094. Highlight the correct street of the

destination from the list and push<ENTER>.

INFO:

In some cases, when a street name has beenentered, the number of matching destina-tions in the “Matches” column may bedifferent from the number displayed on thelist screen. If this occurs, enter morecharacters to further reduce the number ofmatches.

IDE0110

5. The entire route is shown on the map.Highlight [Start] after confirming thelocation of the displayed destination,and push <ENTER>. The system sets thedestination to the selected location andstarts calculating a route.

INFO:

Even after setting a destination, the locationof the destination can be adjusted, the routecan be stored, etc.

“Procedures after setting destination”(page 5-2)

Voice command

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

To set the destination from a streetaddress:

“Navigation” “Address” (StandardMode)

“Address” (Alternate Command Mode)

4. Setting destination

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-5

Page 74: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(72,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

4. Setting destination

INFO:

When using a voice command to set a streetname, it is recommended that the completestreet name is stated.Examples:Correct input – North Elm Street

East Jefferson Boulevard

Incorrect input – Elm StreetEast Jefferson

FINDING PLACEThere are several methods for setting aplace of interest as the destination. Theseinclude typing a name or choosing acategory. To help improve searching, dif-ferent start points can be chosen to searchfrom such as near current location, nearthe destination or city center.

Finding nearby place

JND0241X

1. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Places] and push <ENTER>.

JNB0403X3. Highlight the preferred nearby category

from the list and push <ENTER>.

A list screen is displayed.

INFO:

The categories can be customized forsearching nearby places.

“Customizing Nearby Places”(page 8-8)

IDE0113

4. Highlight the preferred destinationfrom the list, and push <ENTER>. Theposition of the selected location isdisplayed in the preview on the rightside of the screen.

INFO:

. A maximum of 100 facilities can bedisplayed on the list screen.

. To search for facilities along your route,select [Show Along Route].

IDE0114

5. The entire route is shown on the map.Highlight [Start] after confirming thelocation of the displayed destination,and push <ENTER>. The system sets thedestination to the selected location andstarts calculating a route.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-6

Page 75: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(73,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

INFO:

. If there is a route already set, the newlyselected location can substitute a pre-viously set destination or can be added toa route already set.

. To review the destination location again,highlight [Move Location] and push<ENTER>.

Other settings:

IDE0115The destination can also be set by pushing<ENTER> in the current or scrolled locationmap screen and selecting [Nearby Places].

Voice command

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

To display the nearby category list andselect the destination from it:

“Navigation” “Places” (Standard Mode)

“Places” (Alternate Command Mode)

Searching by other methods

JND0241X1. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Places] and push <ENTER>.

JNB0403X

3. Highlight [All Categories or Name] andpush <ENTER>.

IDE01184. Set the narrowing down conditions for

the landmarks and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

Highlight [Change Region] and push<ENTER> to change the region. A screen forselecting a region is displayed.

“Changing region” (page 4-3)

IDE0119

4. Setting destination

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-7

Page 76: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(74,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

4. Setting destination

INFO:

If [Select a City] is highlighted and <ENTER>is pushed, a city name input screen isdisplayed. Specify the city to be searchedbefore narrowing down the categories.

“Specifying city” (page 4-3)

IDE01205. Highlight the main category from the

list and push <ENTER>.

IDE0121

INFO:

To select a category by directly inputting thecategory name, highlight [Category Search]and push <ENTER>. The category name inputscreen is displayed.

IDE01226. Highlight the subcategory and push

<ENTER>.

INFO:

Subcategories may not exist depending onthe category that is selected.

IDE0123

7. Enter the name of the destinationfacility and highlight [List], and thenpush <ENTER>.

The facility list is displayed.

INFO:

. It is not necessary to enter the facilityname completely. It is also possible todisplay the list screen only by high-lighting [List] without entering the facil-ity name and pushing <ENTER>.

. The number of narrowed down points aredisplayed in the “Matches” column.

. Up to two keywords (part of the facilityname) can be entered by highlighting[AND Search] and pushing <ENTER> afterentering the first facility name.

IDE0124

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-8

Page 77: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(75,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

INFO:

The facility name can also be entereddirectly by highlighting [Choose Name] onthe main category list screen and pushing<ENTER>

IDE01258. Highlight the preferred destination

from the list, and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

. By highlighting [Sort] and pushing<ENTER>, options can be sorted from[By Name] or [By Dist.]. When selecting[By Dist.], the position of the selectedlocation is displayed in the preview onthe right side of the screen.

. In some cases, when a facility name hasbeen entered, the number of matchingdestinations in the “Matches” columnmay be different from the number

displayed on the list screen. If thisoccurs, enter more characters to furtherreduce the number of matches.

. The search conditions can be changed byhighlighting [Refine] and pushing<ENTER>.

IDE01269. The entire route is shown on the map.

Highlight [Start] after confirming thelocation of the displayed destinationand push <ENTER>. The system sets thedestination to the selected location andstarts calculating a route.

INFO:

Even after setting a destination, the locationof the destination can be adjusted, the routecan be stored, etc.

“Procedures after setting destination”(page 5-2)

SETTING HOME AS DESTINATIONThe home location can be set as thedestination to which the system calculatesa route. This function is especially usefulwhen searching for a route to return to thehome location.

JND0243X1. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Home] and push <ENTER>.

IDE01373. The home location is displayed, and the

system sets the home location as thedestination.

4. Setting destination

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-9

Page 78: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(76,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

4. Setting destination

INFO:

If the home location is not stored yet, thesystem will automatically display a screenfor storing it.

“Storing location” (page 6-2)

IDE01384. The entire route to the home location is

shown on the map. Highlight [Start]after confirming the location of thedisplayed destination, and push<ENTER>. The system sets the destina-tion to the selected location and startscalculating a route.

Voice command

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

To set the home location as the

destination:

“Navigation” “Destination Home”(Standard Mode)

“Destination Home” (Alternate Com-mand Mode)

SEARCHING FROM ADDRESS BOOKStoring frequently used destinations in theAddress Book makes it easy for the systemto set and calculate a route. To utilize thisfunction more effectively, destinations thatare often traveled to should be stored inadvance.

JND0244X1. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Address Book] and push<ENTER>. A list screen is displayed.

IDE01403. Highlight the preferred location from

the list and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

Selecting [Sort] displays a list of varioussort functions. To use the sort functions,stored locations must be set in advance.

“Storing location” (page 6-2)

IDE0141

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-10

Page 79: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(77,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

INFO:

. Sorted By Number:The Address Book entries are displayedin ascending numerical order.

. Sorted By Name:The Address Book entries are displayedin alphabetic order.

. Sorted By Icon:By selecting a particular icon, a list thatcontains only the Address Book entriesassociated with that icon is displayed.

. Sorted By Group:By selecting a particular group (family,friends, leisure, etc.), the selected groupis displayed at the top of the list.

IDE01424. The entire route is shown on the map.

Highlight [Start] after confirming thelocation of the displayed destination,and push <ENTER>. The system sets the

destination to the selected location andstarts calculating a route.

INFO:

Even after setting a destination, the location ofthe destination can be adjusted, the route canbe stored, etc.

“Procedures after setting destination”(page 5-2)

Voice command

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

To set the destination from the AddressBook:

“Navigation” “Address Book” (Stan-dard Mode)

“Address book” (Alternate CommandMode)

SETTING PREVIOUS DESTINATIONIt is possible to set the destination to alocation that has been previously set as adestination and have the system calculatea route. Up to 300 previous destinationswill be automatically stored.

If the number of previous destinationsexceeds 300, the oldest one will bereplaced by the newest one.

JND0245X1. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Previous Destinations] andpush <ENTER>. A list screen is dis-played.

4. Setting destination

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-11

Page 80: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(78,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

4. Setting destination

IDE01443. Highlight the preferred destination

from the list and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

The list can be sorted by selecting [By Date]or [By Name]. Highlight [By Date] to sort thelist in chronological order. Highlight [ByName] to sort the list in alphabetical order.

IDE01454. The entire route is shown on the map.

Highlight [Start] after confirming thelocation of the displayed destination,and push <ENTER>. The system sets the

destination to the selected location andstarts calculating a route.

INFO:

Even after setting a destination, the location ofthe destination can be adjusted, the route canbe stored, etc.

“Procedures after setting destination”(page 5-2)

Voice command

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

To display the previous destinationslist:

“Navigation” “Previous Destinations”(Standard Mode)

“Previous Destinations” (AlternateCommand Mode)

SETTING BY INFINITI CONNECTIONTM

(if so equipped)It is possible to set the destination usingthe Infiniti Connection features.

“Infiniti ConnectionTM” (page 7-3)

INFO:

Use of Infiniti Connection features is dependentupon a valid subscription and the telematicsdevice being in operative condition, as well ascellular connectivity, navigation map data andGPS satellite signal reception being available.

Searching by connecting Data Cen-terYou can find your point of interest byinputting a keyword and connecting to theInfiniti Connection Data Center. Thesearched location can be set as a destina-tion.

1. Push <DEST>.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-12

Page 81: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(79,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

JND0231M2. Highlight [Connected Search] and push

<ENTER>.

JND0233M3. Enter the keyword, highlight [Search]

and push <ENTER>. The system willconnect to the Infiniti Connection DataCenter and the search results will bedisplayed.

INFO:

The search history can also be reused byhighlighting [History] and pushing <ENTER>.

JND0234M4. Highlight the preferred destination

from the list and push <ENTER>.

JND0232M5. The entire route is shown on the map.

Highlight [Start] after confirming thelocation of the displayed destination,and push <ENTER>. The system sets thedestination to the selected location andstarts calculating a route.

Setting from information feedsIf the downloaded Infiniti Connection in-formation feed has location data, you canset it as a destination. It is also possible touse various Infiniti Connection services setusing the Infiniti Connection website suchas “Destination Send-to-Vehicle”, “MySchedule” or “Journey Planner features”,etc. to set a destination.

For details of the services and settings,refer to the Infiniti Connection website:www.infiniticonnection.com (for U.S.)/https://canada.infiniticonnection.com (forCanada), or contact the Infiniti Connectionsupport line at 1-800-334-7858 (for U.S.)/1-855-892-7418 (for Canada).

JNG0147M1. Push <INFO>.

2. Highlight [Infiniti Connection] and push<ENTER>.

4. Setting destination

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-13

Page 82: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(80,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

4. Setting destination

JNG0161M3. Highlight [Sync All Information Feeds]

and push <ENTER>. A list screen isdisplayed. Highlight the preferred in-formation feeds and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

The methods for setting a destination differdepending on the specific service (DestinationAssistance, Destination Send-to-Vehicle andConnected Search, etc.) and Infiniti Connectionservices may be updated during ownership.Please see www.infiniticonnection.com (forU.S.)/https://canada.infiniticonnection.com(for Canada) for the latest features and services,as well as the most up-to-date user guide.

Searching by using IVR soft buttonon map

JNG0187XIt is possible to set a destination bytouching the IVR (Interactive Voice Re-sponse) soft button *1 on the map. Youcan choose from the options provided bythe voice guidance and speak your choice,or ask the Infiniti Connection ResponseSpecialists directly to search for yourdestination.

“Connecting to Interactive VoiceMenu” (page 7-11)

SETTING PREVIOUS START POINTIt is possible to set the destination to thestart point of a previous route guidanceand have the system calculate a route.

JND0246X1. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Next Page] and push<ENTER>.

IDE01473. Highlight [Previous Start Point] and

push <ENTER>.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-14

Page 83: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(81,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IDE01484. The previous start point is set as a

destination, and the entire route isshown on the map. Highlight [Start]after confirming the location of thedisplayed destination, and push<ENTER>. The system sets the destina-tion to the selected location and startscalculating a route.

INFO:

Even after setting a destination, the location ofthe destination can be adjusted, the route canbe stored, etc.

“Procedures after setting destination”(page 5-2)

Voice command

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

To set a previous start point as thedestination:

“Previous Start Point” (Alternate Com-mand Mode)

SETTING FROM STORED ROUTESIt is possible to select a preferred routefrom the stored routes.

JND0247X1. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Next Page] and push<ENTER>.

IDE01503. Highlight [Stored Routes] and push

<ENTER>. A list screen is displayed.

IDE01514. Highlight the preferred route from the

list and push <ENTER>. The route to thedestination is set.

4. Setting destination

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-15

Page 84: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(82,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

4. Setting destination

IDE01525. The entire route is shown on the map.

Highlight [Start] after confirming thelocation of the displayed destination,and push <ENTER>. The system sets thedestination to the selected location andstarts calculating a route.

INFO:

. Even after setting a destination, the locationof the destination can be adjusted, thelocation can be stored, etc.

“Procedures after setting destination”(page 5-2)

. The stored route includes only locations(destination and waypoints) and routecalculation conditions, not the route itself.Therefore, when the destination is set usinga stored route, a different route may besuggested if the current vehicle location isdifferent from the one when the route was

stored.

SETTING BY PHONE NUMBERIf the phone number of a facility is known,it is possible to search for a facility byentering the phone number, and have thesystem calculate a route.

INFO:

. Telephone numbers that were stored forstored destinations can also be used.

. If the area code of the specified telephonenumber does not exist in the map data, thesystem cannot search for the location.

. Only the locations included in the databasein the map data can be searched by thephone number. Residential phone numberscannot be used to search for a location.

JND0248X

1. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Next Page] and push<ENTER>.

IDE01543. Highlight [Phone Number] and push

<ENTER>. The telephone number inputscreen is displayed.

IDE01554. Enter the telephone number including

the area code.

5. After finishing the entry, highlight [List]and push <ENTER>.

“Number input screen”

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-16

Page 85: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(83,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

(page 2-17)

IDE01566. A list screen is displayed if there are

two or more search results. Highlightthe preferred destination from the listand push <ENTER>.

A confirmation screen for the placename and the location is displayed, andthe system starts calculating.

IDE01577. The entire route is shown on the map.

Highlight [Start] after confirming thelocation of the displayed destination,and push <ENTER>. The system sets the

destination to the selected location andstarts calculating a route.

INFO:

Even after setting a destination, the location ofthe destination can be adjusted, the route canbe stored, etc.

“Procedures after setting destination”(page 5-2)

SETTING FREEWAY ENTRANCE/EXITIt is possible to set the destination to anentrance or exit of a freeway and have thesystem calculate a route.

JND0249X1. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Next Page] and push<ENTER>.

IDE01593. Highlight [Freeway Entrance/Exit] and

push <ENTER>. A character input screenis displayed.

IDE01604. Enter the name of the freeway.

5. After finishing the entry, highlight [List]and push <ENTER>.

4. Setting destination

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-17

Page 86: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(84,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

4. Setting destination

IDE01616. Highlight the freeway of the destination

from the list, and push <ENTER>.

IDE01627. Highlight [Entrance] or [Exit] and push

<ENTER>. A list screen is displayed.

IDE0163

8. Select the preferred destination fromthe list. The position of the selectedlocation is displayed in the preview onthe right side of the screen. Then, push<ENTER>.

IDE0164

INFO:

Select [By Distance] to sort the list by thenearest distance.

IDE01659. The entire route is shown on the map.

Highlight [Start] after confirming thelocation of the displayed destination,

and push <ENTER>. The system sets thedestination to the selected location andstarts calculating a route.

INFO:

Even after setting a destination, the location ofthe destination can be adjusted, the route canbe stored, etc.

“Procedures after setting destination”(page 5-2)

SETTING INTERSECTIONIt is possible to set an intersection of anytwo streets as the destination and have thesystem calculate a route.

JND0250X1. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Next Page] and push<ENTER>.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-18

Page 87: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(85,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IDE01663. Highlight [Intersection] and push

<ENTER>. A character input screen isdisplayed.

IDE01674. Enter the name of the 1st street.

After finishing the entry, highlight [List]and push <ENTER>. A list screen isdisplayed.

IDE01685. Highlight a street as the 1st street from

the list and push <ENTER>. A characterinput screen is displayed.

IDE01696. Enter the name of the 2nd street.

After finishing the entry, highlight [List]and push <ENTER>. A list screen isdisplayed.

IDE01707. Highlight a street as the 2nd street from

the list and push <ENTER>.

IDE01718. The entire route is shown on the map.

Highlight [Start] after confirming thelocation of the displayed destination,and push <ENTER>. The system sets thedestination to the selected location andstarts calculating a route.

4. Setting destination

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-19

Page 88: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(86,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

4. Setting destination

INFO:

Even after setting a destination, the location ofthe destination can be adjusted, the route canbe stored, etc.

“Procedures after setting destination”(page 5-2)

SETTING CITY CENTERIt is possible to set the center of a city as adestination and have the system calculatea route.

JND0251X1. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Next Page] and push<ENTER>.

IDE01723. Highlight [City Center] and push

<ENTER>. A character input screen isdisplayed.

IDE01734. Enter the name of the city, highlight

[List] and push <ENTER>. A list screen isdisplayed.

INFO:

Highlight [Last 5 Cities] and push <ENTER> todisplay the last 5 cities recently set asdestinations.

IDE01745. Highlight the preferred destination

from the list and push <ENTER>. Theposition of the selected location isdisplayed in the preview on the rightside of the screen.

IDE0175

INFO:

Select [By Distance] to sort the list by thenearest distance.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-20

Page 89: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(87,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IDE01766. The selected destination is displayed at

the center of the map. Highlight [Start]after confirming the location of thedisplayed destination, and push<ENTER>.

The system sets the destination to theselected location and starts calculatinga route.

INFO:

Even after setting a destination, the locationof the destination can be adjusted, the routecan be stored, etc.

“Procedures after setting destination”(page 5-2)

SETTING POINT ON MAPIt is possible to set a location scrolled to onthe map as the destination and have thesystem calculate a route.

IDE01771. Scroll the map, place the cross pointer

over the preferred location, and push<ENTER>.

INFO:

. The map scale should be adjusted tosearch for a location more effectively.

. The point on the blinking road where thecenter of the cross pointer is located canbe set as a destination.

IDE01782. Highlight [New Dest.] and push

<ENTER>.

INFO:

For the items other than [New Dest.], refer to“Map menu screen”.

“Scrolled location map screen”(page 2-19)

IDE01793. The system sets the destination to the

selected location and starts calculatinga route.

4. Setting destination

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-21

Page 90: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(88,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

4. Setting destination

IDE0180

INFO:

If a point on a freeway is set as the destination,a confirmation message is displayed.

DELETE DESTINATION

It is possible to delete a destination and allwaypoints that have already been set.

JND0252X1. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Next Page] and push<ENTER>. Select [Delete Destination]and push <ENTER>.

IDE01823. A confirmation message is displayed.

Select [Yes] and push <ENTER>.

The destination and the waypoints are

deleted.

INFO:

The deleted destination and waypoints are notable to be reactivated.

Voice command

1. Push <TALK > on the steering wheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

To delete a destination and all way-points:

“Delete Destination” (Alternate Com-mand Mode)

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

4-22

Page 91: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(89,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5 Route guidance

Procedures after setting destination ....................... 5-2Starting route guidance ...................................... 5-2Selecting route ................................................... 5-3Confirming route ................................................ 5-3Moving location of destination ........................... 5-5Storing location ................................................. 5-5Viewing information about searched location ...... 5-6

About route guidance ............................................. 5-7Voice guidance during route guidance ................ 5-7Guidance screens and preview mode .................. 5-8Guidance screen settings ................................... 5-9

Route screen ........................................................ 5-13Basic operation ................................................ 5-13Canceling/reactivating route ............................ 5-14

Editing route .................................................. 5-15Confirming route ............................................ 5-20Guidance settings ........................................... 5-21Recalculate route ............................................ 5-22Setting detour route ....................................... 5-23Searching for detour route taking trafficinformation into consideration ........................ 5-24Setting conditions for route calculation .......... 5-25

Route guidance settings ...................................... 5-27Basic operation .............................................. 5-27Setting voice guidance at intersections ........... 5-28Displaying small turn arrow on map ............... 5-29Switching estimated arrival time display ......... 5-29Set average speeds ........................................ 5-30

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

Page 92: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(90,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

PROCEDURES AFTER SETTING DESTINA-TION

After performing a route search, the routeguidance can be immediately started. Also,it is possible to confirm or change a route.

IRG0085Available items after setting destination

. [Start]:Starts route guidance to the selecteddestination.

“Starting route guidance”(page 5-2)

. [More Routes]:Displays 3 alternative routes.

“Selecting route” (page 5-3)

. [Add/Route Info]:Displays the route information. A desti-nation or a waypoint can also be added.

“Confirming route” (page 5-3)

. [Move Location]:Displays a map screen. The location ofthe destination can be adjusted.

“Moving location of destination”(page 5-5)

. [Store Location]:Stores the location in the AddressBook.

“Storing location” (page 5-5)

. [Place Info]:Displays information about the facilitythat has been set as the destination, ifit is included in the map data.

“Viewing information aboutsearched location” (page 5-6)

INFO:

. If no operations have been performed on thesystem for several seconds, [Start] is auto-matically selected, and the system startsroute guidance.

. When using waypoints, [More Routes] isdisabled. After the route is started, push<ROUTE> then select [Edit/Add to Route] tochange the route between each waypoint.

. The same screen as when [Move Location] isselected can be displayed with the following

operations:— Touching the map screen

— Pushing the directional buttons exceptfor the up/down button (INFINITI con-troller with directional buttons)

— Pushing the slide switch except in theupward/downward direction (INFINITIcontroller without directional buttons)

STARTING ROUTE GUIDANCE

IRG00851. Highlight [Start] and push <ENTER>.

Route guidance starts.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-2

Page 93: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(91,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

SELECTING ROUTE

IRG00861. Highlight [More Routes] and push

<ENTER>.

IRG00872. Highlight the preferred route condition

and push <ENTER>.

3. The display automatically returns to themap screen.

Available route conditions

. [Short. Time] (purple):Prioritizes by the shortest time.

. [Min. Freeway] (orange):Minimizes the use of freeways.

. [Short. Dist.] (green):Prioritizes by the shortest distance.

INFO:

. When the route is selected, a preview isdisplayed on the right side of the screen.

. The 3 routes may not always be different.

CONFIRMING ROUTE

IRG00881. Highlight [Add/Route Info] and push

<ENTER>.

2. Highlight the preferred informationitem and push <ENTER>.

3. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen.

IRG0089Available information

. [Turn List]:Displays the details of the suggestedroute.

“Using turn list” (page 5-20)

. [Preview]:The system will trace the planned routegoing forward or in reverse.

“Using route preview” (page 5-21)

. [Add Way Pt.]:Edits the route by adding a waypoint ora destination.

“Adding destination or waypoint”(page 5-4)

. [Store Route]:Stores a calculated route. A maximumof 5 routes can be stored. Stored routes

5. Route guidance

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-3

Page 94: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(92,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

can be easily retrieved and set as thesuggested route.

“Storing route” (page 6-5)

. [Map Scroll]:Displays a map screen where thelocation of the destination can beconfirmed.The same screen as when [Map Scroll]is touched can be displayed with thefollowing operations:— Touching the map screen.

— Pushing the directional buttons exceptfor the up/down button (INFINITI con-troller with directional buttons).

— Pushing the slide switch except in theupward/downward direction (INFINITIcontroller without directional buttons).

Adding destination or waypointBefore starting route guidance, destina-tions and/or waypoints can be added. Atotal of 6 destinations or waypoints can beset.

IRG00901. Highlight [Add Way Pt.] and push

<ENTER>.

IRG00912. Set additional destinations or way-

points and push <ENTER>.

The method of searching for a locationis the same as the one for a destina-tion.

“4. Setting destination”

IRG00923. Highlight [Add Destination] or [Add

Waypoint] and push <ENTER>.

IRG00934. The system starts calculating a route

that includes the added destination orwaypoint. When the calculation isfinished, the route is displayed.

INFO:

. If a waypoint was added, [More Routes]cannot be selected.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-4

Page 95: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(93,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

. If a destination was added, the priordestination becomes a waypoint.

MOVING LOCATION OF DESTINATIONThe location of the destination can beadjusted by moving the cross pointeracross the map.

IRG00941. Highlight [Move Location] and push

<ENTER>.

INFO:

The screen for adjusting the location alsochanges by touching the map screen dis-played on the right side of the screen.

IRG00952. Adjust the location by moving the cross

pointer across the map and push<ENTER>. The location of the destinationis modified.

INFO:

. The map scale can be changed by turningthe center dial or touching the scale icon.The map scale can also be changed bypressing <ZOOM IN>/<ZOOM OUT> (if soequipped).

. The same screen as when [Move Location] istouched can be displayed with the followingoperations:— Touching the map screen.

— Pushing the directional buttons exceptup/down buttons (INFINITI controllerwith directional buttons).

— Pushing the slide switch except upward/downward (INFINITI controller withoutdirectional buttons).

STORING LOCATIONA searched location can be stored in theAddress Book. Then it can be easilyretrieved and set as a destination (orwaypoint).

IRG00961. Highlight [Store Location] and push

<ENTER>.

IRG0097

5. Route guidance

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-5

Page 96: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(94,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

2. The location is stored in the AddressBook. The corresponding icon is dis-played at the set location on the map.

VIEWING INFORMATION ABOUTSEARCHED LOCATIONInformation (street address and phonenumber) about places stored in the mapdata can be displayed.

IRG00981. Select [Place Info] and push <ENTER>.

JNE0144M

2. Information about the location is dis-played.

3. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen.

INFO:

. If [Call] is displayed on the right side of thescreen, it is possible to call the locationindicated.

. The Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system isrequired to be active and the cellular phoneconnected to call the location indicated.

. Information about locations is not displayedwhile driving.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-6

Page 97: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(95,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

ABOUT ROUTE GUIDANCE

After setting the route, select [Start] tobegin route guidance.

Throughout route guidance, the systemnavigates you through the guide pointsusing visual and voice guidance.

CAUTIONGUID-37A33049-40E4-4C0E-9613-022BD3C96297

. The navigation system’s visual and voiceguidance is for reference purposes only.The contents of the guidance may beinappropriate depending on the situa-tion.

. Follow all traffic regulations when drivingalong the suggested route (e.g., one-waytraffic).

“Route guidance” (page 10-10)

VOICE GUIDANCE DURING ROUTEGUIDANCEWhen approaching a guide point (intersec-tion or corner), destination, etc. duringroute guidance, voice guidance announcesthe remaining distance and/or turningdirection. Push <VOICE> to repeat voiceguidance.

5. Route guidance

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-7

Page 98: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(96,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

Example of voice guidance

INI0119

*1 “In about one quarter mile (400meters), right (left) turn.”

“Right (left) turn ahead.”

*2 “In about one quarter mile (400meters) freeway entrance on your rightonto (road number and direction).”

“Freeway entrance on your right onto(road number and direction).”

*3 “In about one mile (1.6 kilometers),exit on your right.”

“Exit on your right.”

*4 “You have arrived at your destination.Ending route guidance.”

GUIDANCE SCREENS AND PREVIEWMODERoute guidance displays map screens andvarious information according to the situa-tion.

IRG0100When route guidance starts, the Small TurnArrow on Map is displayed in the upper leftcorner of the map screen. This arrowindicates the turning direction at the nextguide point (corner or intersection). Thedistance is also displayed. At the top of thescreen, the distance to the next guide pointand the name of the next street to turn onto are displayed. Also, there may be casesthat next street names are announced. TheSmall Turn Arrow on Map can be enabled ordisabled by the user.

“Displaying small turn arrow on map”(page 5-29)

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-8

Page 99: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(97,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Enlarged intersection view

IRG0101When approaching a guide point, thesystem automatically changes to the splitscreen and shows an enlarged view of theintersection on the left screen. Afterpassing through the intersection, thesystem automatically returns to the fullscreen mode. To switch to the full screenmode while the enlarged intersection viewis displayed, push <MAP>. Pushing <MAP>again displays the enlarged intersectionview.

Junction guidance

IRG0102While driving on a freeway, when thevehicle is approximately 1 mile (approxi-mately 2 km) from a junction, the systemautomatically switches to the split screenand displays an enlarged view of thejunction (3D) on the left screen. Afterpassing the junction, the system automa-tically returns to the full screen mode. Toswitch to the full screen mode while theenlarged junction view is displayed, push<MAP>.

Turn list

IRG0103Depending on the setting, the system canconstantly display the split screen andshow the turn list on the left screen. Whenapproaching a guide point, the left screenautomatically switches to an enlarged viewof the intersection. To switch to the fullscreen mode, push <MAP>. Pushing <MAP>again displays the turn list.

“Guidance screen settings” (page 5-9)

GUIDANCE SCREEN SETTINGSThe guidance screen can be displayed at alltimes even when the vehicle is locatedaway from the guide point.Various types ofscreens can be set.

5. Route guidance

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-9

Page 100: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(98,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

Split screen settingsThe display setting on the left-hand sidescreen shown during route guidance canbe changed.

IRG01041. Push <ENTER>while the current location

map screen is displayed.

2. Highlight [Map View] and push<ENTER>.

IRG01053. Highlight [View Settings] and push

<ENTER>.

4. Highlight the preferred screen andpush <ENTER>. The indicator of theselected screen illuminates.

Intersection:

IRG0101The map screen and the enlarged intersec-tion view can be displayed at the sametime.

Push <MAP> to switch to the full mapscreen.

Turn list:

IRG0106

The list screen for showing the guidepoints to the destination and the mapscreen can be displayed at the same time.An enlarged intersection view is automati-cally displayed when the vehicle ap-proaches the guide point.

The turn list can be scrolled using thecenter dial, the main directional buttons,the slide switch or by touching the up/down button on the screen.

Push <MAP> to switch to the full mapscreen. Push <MAP> again to display theturn list.

Fuel Economy:

The current fuel consumption rate, averagefuel consumption rate, instantaneous con-sumption rate and distance to empty canbe displayed on the map screen. Anenlarged intersection view is automaticallydisplayed when the vehicle approaches theguide point.

Push <MAP> to switch to the full mapscreen.

Push <MAP> again to display the fueleconomy screen. When approaching aguide point, the enlarged view of theintersection is automatically displayed. To

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-10

Page 101: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(99,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

display the fuel economy information,push <MAP>.

To display the map screen, push <MAP>again.

NOTE:

Use the values displayed on the fuel economyscreen as a guide. When the fuel gaugeindicates empty or the low fuel warning lightilluminates even if the distance to emptyreading indicates a sufficient amount of fuelremains, refuel the vehicle as soon as possible.

Full map:

IRG0108The current location map is displayed. Anenlarged intersection view is automaticallydisplayed when the vehicle approaches theguide point.

When an enlarged intersection view isdisplayed, pushing <MAP> returns to the

map screen.

Show exit information on freewaysWhen the vehicle travels on a highway or atoll road, the display automatically pro-vides exit information in the turn list.

IRG01091. Push <ENTER>while the current location

map screen is displayed.

2. Highlight [Map View] and push<ENTER>.

IRG0110

3. Highlight [Map Settings] and push<ENTER>.

IRG01114. Highlight [Show all Freeway Exits on

Route] or [Auto. Show Turn List onFreeway] and push <ENTER>. The indi-cator illuminates when the item is set.

5. Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

Showing freeway exit information:

IRG0113When [Show all Freeway Exits on Route] isset to ON and the route includes the

5. Route guidance

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-11

Page 102: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(100,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

freeway or toll road, all exits along theroute which have exit information will beshown in the turn list. The exit informationis shown as icons.

Displaying turn list automatically on free-way:

IRG0112When [Auto. Show Turn List on Freeway] isset to ON, the turn list will be automaticallydisplayed while the vehicle travels on afreeway or toll road.

Selecting a waypoint from the exit infor-mation list:

When exit information is displayed on theturn list, a waypoint to a facility locatednear the freeway exit can be set as awaypoint.

IRG01131. Highlight the exit where the exit in-

formation icon is displayed, and push<ENTER>. The category list screen isdisplayed.

IRG01142. Highlight the landmark category and

push <ENTER>. The list screen forshowing facilities located near thefreeway exit is displayed.

IRG01153. Highlight the preferred facility for the

waypoint and push <ENTER>.

IRG01164. The waypoint is set, and the route

search is performed.“Procedures after setting destina-tion” (page 5-2)

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-12

Page 103: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(101,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

ROUTE SCREEN

WARNINGGUID-50E81198-C723-4F4C-BD17-4585ECC046CE

Always stop the vehicle in a safe locationbefore modifying the route conditions.

Modifying the route conditions while drivingmay cause an accident.

During route guidance, the route condi-tions can be modified and the routeinformation can be confirmed. Set routeconditions according to personal prefer-ence.

IRG0117

BASIC OPERATION1. Push <ROUTE>.

2. Highlight the preferred setting item andpush <ENTER>.

3. Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

Available setting items

. [Cancel Route]/[Resume Route]:Cancels the current route guidance. Acanceled route can also be reactivated.If the suggested route is canceled,[Cancel Route] changes to [ResumeRoute].

“Canceling/reactivating route”(page 5-14)

. [Edit/Add to Route]:Edit or add a destination or waypointsto the route that is already set.

“Editing route” (page 5-15)

. [Route Info]:Confirm the route by the route informa-tion or simulation. The confirmed routecan also be stored.

“Confirming route” (page 5-20)

. [Guidance Settings]:Activates or deactivates route, voice

guidance and/or traffic announcementand adjust the volume level of voiceguidance.

“Guidance settings” (page 5-21)

. [Recalculate]:Manually search for the route againafter changing the search condition andhave the system calculate a route.

“Recalculate route” (page 5-22)

. [Detour]:A detour of a specified distance can becalculated.

“Setting detour route” (page 5-23)

. [Traffic Detour]:Manually search for an alternativedetour route taking the traffic informa-tion into consideration.

“Searching for detour route takingtraffic information into considera-tion” (page 5-24)

. [Route Settings]:Changes the route calculation condi-tions anywhere along the route.

“Setting conditions for route cal-culation” (page 5-25)

5. Route guidance

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-13

Page 104: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(102,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

CANCELING/REACTIVATING ROUTEA route that is already set can be canceledat any time. If a route is deleted, thedestination and waypoints are also can-celed.

It is also possible to reactivate a canceledroute.

INFO:

Canceling a route does not delete the destina-tion and waypoint information completely.

“Delete destination” (page 4-22)

Canceling route

IRG01171. Push <ROUTE>.

2. Highlight [Cancel Route] and push<ENTER>.

IRG01183. A confirmation message is displayed.

Highlight [Yes] and push <ENTER>.

The route is canceled along with thedestination and waypoints.

Voice command

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

To cancel a route:

"Cancel Route" (Alternate CommandMode)

Reactivating route

IRG01191. Push <ROUTE>.

2. Highlight [Resume Route] and push<ENTER>.

IRG01203. A confirmation message is displayed.

Highlight [Yes] and push <ENTER>. Thecanceled route is reactivated.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-14

Page 105: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(103,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

INFO:

If a new route is set, the canceled route cannotbe reactivated.

EDITING ROUTE

IRG01211. Push <ROUTE>.

2. Highlight [Edit/Add to Route] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight the preferred condition andpush <ENTER>.

4. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

IRG0122Available setting items

*1 [Add Destination]:“Setting destination or waypoint”(page 5-15)

*2 Current destination:

Changes or deletes the destination.“Editing/deleting destination orwaypoint” (page 5-17)

*3 Condition for calculating a route to thedestination:

Changes the conditions for calculatinga route to the destination.

“Changing route calculation con-ditions” (page 5-19)

*4 [Add Waypoint]:“Setting destination or waypoint”(page 5-15)

*5 Current waypoint:

Changes or deletes the waypoint.“Editing/deleting destination orwaypoint” (page 5-17)

*6 Condition for calculating a route to awaypoint:

Changes the conditions for calculatinga route to a waypoint.

“Changing route calculation con-ditions” (page 5-19)

*7 [Calculate]:

Manually search for the route againafter changing the search conditionsand have the system calculate a route.

“Changing route calculation con-ditions” (page 5-19)

Setting destination or waypointA destination or waypoint can be added tothe route that has already been set. A totalof 6 destinations or waypoints can be set.

5. Route guidance

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-15

Page 106: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(104,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

IRG01231. Push <ROUTE>.

2. Highlight [Edit/Add to Route] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Add Destination] or [AddWaypoint] and push <ENTER>.

If [Add Destination] is selected, thecurrent destination changes to a way-point.

IRG01244. Set a destination or waypoint. The

method of searching for a destinationor waypoint is the same as the one for a

destination.“4. Setting destination”

IRG01255. The selected location is displayed at

the center of the map. Highlight [Add toRoute] after confirming the location andpush <ENTER>.

INFO:

Even after setting a destination/waypoint,the destination/waypoint location can beadjusted, the route can be stored, etc.

“Editing/deleting destination or way-point” (page 5-17)

IRG01266. Return to the [Edit Route] screen. Set

the route conditions as necessary.

7. Highlight [Calculate] and push <ENTER>.The system will recalculate the routes.After the route search is completed, thedisplay will automatically return to thecurrent location map screen.

INFO:

. The prior route is automatically deleted.

. Added waypoints and search conditions willnot be taken into consideration for the routecalculation until [Calculate] is highlightedand <ENTER> is pushed.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-16

Page 107: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(105,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Editing/deleting destination orwaypointThe destination or waypoint that hasalready been set can be modified ordeleted.

If a location is modified or deleted when asuggested route is already set, the priorsuggested route will be recalculated ac-cordingly.

IRG01271. Push <ROUTE>.

2. Highlight [Edit/Add to Route] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight a destination or waypoint thatis already set and push <ENTER>.

IRG01284. Highlight [Move Dest.] to modify the

location and push <ENTER>.“Moving location of destination”(page 5-5)

IRG01295. Highlight [Delete] and push <ENTER> to

delete the location.

IRG01306. A confirmation message is displayed.

Confirm the contents of the message,highlight [Yes] and push <ENTER>. Thedestination or waypoint is deleted fromthe route. Return to the [Edit Route]screen.

IRG01317. By highlighting [Calculate] and pushing

<ENTER>, the system will recalculate theroutes. After the route search is com-pleted, the display will automaticallyreturn to the current location mapscreen.

5. Route guidance

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-17

Page 108: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(106,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

INFO:

. If the destination is deleted, the finalwaypoint of the route becomes the destina-tion.

. Even if the map screen is touched, the samemap screen as when [Move Dest.] isselected is displayed.

Changing order of destination andwaypointsThe order of a destination and waypointsthat have already been set can be changed.

IRG01321. Push <ROUTE>.

2. Highlight [Edit/Add to Route] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight a destination or waypoint thatis already set and push <ENTER>.

IRG01334. Highlight [Change Order] and push

<ENTER>. A list of the destination andwaypoints is displayed.

IRG01345. Highlight a preferred destination or

waypoint to replace the previouslyselected destination or waypoint andpush <ENTER>.

IRG01356. A message is displayed and the order of

the destination or waypoint is changed.

IRG01367. By highlighting [Calculate] and pushing

<ENTER>, the system will recalculate theroutes. After the route search is com-plete, the display will automaticallyreturn to the current location mapscreen.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-18

Page 109: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(107,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Changing route calculation condi-tionsEach section of the route between way-points can have different route calculationconditions. After setting these conditions,the entire route can be recalculated.

IRG01371. Push <ROUTE>.

2. Highlight [Edit/Add to Route] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight the preferred section of theroute to the destination or waypointand push <ENTER>.

IRG01384. Highlight the preferred condition and

push <ENTER>.

Available conditions

: [Fastest Route]

: [Minimize Freeway]

: [Shortest Route]

IRG01395. The conditions have been changed and

the display returns to the [Edit Route]screen.

IRG01406. By highlighting [Calculate] and pushing

<ENTER>, the system will recalculate theroutes. After the route search is com-pleted, the display will automaticallyreturn to the current location mapscreen.

INFO:

. The recalculated route may not be theshortest route because the system prior-itizes roads that are easy to drive for safetyreasons.

. If the route conditions are set from [RouteSettings], all sections in the route aresubject to the same route conditions. Thisapplies even if different route conditionshave been set for different sections in [EditRoute].

5. Route guidance

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-19

Page 110: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(108,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

CONFIRMING ROUTEWhen the suggested route is displayedafter calculation, the route information canbe confirmed or the suggested route can besimulated.

Basic operation1. Push <ROUTE>.

IRG01412. Highlight [Route Info] and push

<ENTER>.

IRG0142

3. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.

Available setting items

. [Turn List]:Displays the details of the suggestedroute.

“Using turn list” (page 5-20)

. [Preview]:The system will trace the planned routegoing forward or in reverse.

“Using route preview” (page 5-21)

. [Simulation]:Displays a simulation of the suggestedroute. This function provides a detailedimage of the route with voice guidance.

“Confirming route by simulation”(page 5-21)

. [Store Route]:Stores a calculated route. A maximumof 5 routes can be stored. Stored routescan be easily retrieved and set as thesuggested route.

“Storing route” (page 6-5)

. [Map Scroll]:Displays a map screen where thelocation of the destination can beconfirmed.

The same screen as when [Map Scroll]is touched can be displayed with thefollowing operations:— Touching the map screen.

— Pushing the directional buttons exceptfor the up/down buttons (INFINITI con-troller with directional buttons).

— Pushing the slide switch except in theupward/downward direction (INFINITIcontroller without directional buttons).

Using turn list

IRG01431. Highlight [Turn List] and push <ENTER>.

2. The information (e.g., intersections)can be confirmed on the route to thedestination by scrolling the screenpushing the up and down switches ofthe main directional buttons, pushingthe slide switch upward or downward orrotating the center dial.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-20

Page 111: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(109,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

3. Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

Using route preview

IRG01441. Highlight [Preview] and push <ENTER>.

2. Highlight the preferred key and push<ENTER>.

: Moves forward in the direction ofthe destination.

: Moves backward in the directionof the starting point.

/ : Pauses the route preview.

3. Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

INFO:

During the route preview, you can change themap scale by turning the center dial. While themap scale is being changed, the route preview is

temporarily stopped.During the route preview, the map scale can bechanged by pushing <ZOOM IN>/<ZOOMOUT> (ifso equipped). While the map scale is beingchanged, the route preview is temporarilystopped.

Confirming route by simulation

IRG01451. Highlight [Simulation] and push

<ENTER>.

2. Highlight the preferred key and push<ENTER>.

: Pauses the simulation.

: Resumes the simulation.

: Ends the simulation.

3. Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

INFO:

During the route preview, you can change themap scale by turning the center dial. While themap scale is being changed, the simulation istemporarily stopped.During the route preview, the map scale can bechanged by pushing <ZOOM IN>/<ZOOMOUT> (ifso equipped), the simulation is temporarilystopped.

GUIDANCE SETTINGSVarious guidance settings can be set.

Basic operation1. Push <ROUTE>.

IRG01462. Highlight [Guidance Settings] and push

<ENTER>.

3. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.

5. Route guidance

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-21

Page 112: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(110,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

4. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

IRG0147Available setting items

. [Guidance Voice]:Activates or deactivates voice gui-dance. The indicator illuminates if voiceguidance is activated.

. [Guidance Volume]:Adjusts the volume level of voiceguidance.

. [Traffic Announcement]:Provides the announcement of a trafficinformation event on the route.

Voice command

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

To turn the Voice Guidance ON or OFF:

“Voice Guidance On/Off” (AlternateCommand Mode)

RECALCULATE ROUTEA route can be manually searched againafter changing the search condition. Whenthe vehicle deviates from the suggestedroute, the route from the current location tothe destination is automatically searchedagain.

Manually re-searching route1. Push <ROUTE>.

IRG01482. Highlight [Recalculate] and push

<ENTER>.

IRG01493. A message is displayed, and the route

is recalculated.

IRG01504. Set the route conditions. After finishing

the setting, highlight [Start] and push<ENTER>.

“Procedures after setting destina-tion” (page 5-2)

INFO:

When a waypoint has been set on the route, thesystem will search for only one route even if

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-22

Page 113: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(111,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

route recalculation is performed.

Setting Auto Reroute1. Push <ROUTE>.

IRG01512. Highlight [Route Settings] and push

<ENTER>.

IRG01523. Highlight [Other Routing Choices] and

push <ENTER>.

IRG01534. Highlight [Auto Reroute] and push

<ENTER>. The indicator illuminates.When the current location map screenor route setting screen is displayed, thesystem recalculates a route with the setconditions.

“Setting conditions for route cal-culation” (page 5-25)

SETTING DETOUR ROUTETo detour from the suggested route, a routedetouring for a specified distance can becalculated.

1. Push <ROUTE>.

IRG01542. Highlight [Detour] and push <ENTER>.

IRG01553. Highlight a detour distance and push

<ENTER>.

After calculating the detour, the systemdisplays the detour route on the map.

INFO:

. When the vehicle has deviated from thesuggested route, [Detour] cannot be se-lected.

5. Route guidance

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-23

Page 114: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(112,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

. If the system cannot calculate a detour withthe specified conditions, it displays theprevious suggested route.

. If the vehicle is traveling very fast, thedetour route may start from a location thatthe vehicle has already passed.

SEARCHING FOR DETOUR ROUTETAKING TRAFFIC INFORMATION INTOCONSIDERATIONWhen a serious traffic event occurs on theroute, or if the system finds a faster route,a detour alert will pop up automatically. Ifthe automatic alert is not noticed, a detourcan also be manually searched.

1. Push <ROUTE>.

IRG01562. Highlight [Traffic Detour] and push

<ENTER>.

IRG01573. When the detour search is successful,

detailed information about the detourroute (left screen) and the comparisonscreen of the two routes (right screen)are displayed.

*1 Original route (yellow)

*2 Detour route (pink)

*3 The change of distance and esti-mated travel time to destinationwhen the detour route is taken.

4. To accept the suggested detour route,highlight [Yes], and then push <ENTER>.

INFO:

. If no route is set, or [Use Real Time TrafficInformation] is turned off, this functioncannot be operated.

. If a detour route is not selected and nofurther action is performed, the detour routewill be automatically canceled.

. The detour suggestion can be retrieved evenafter the message disappears by manuallyselecting [Traffic Detour]. The system willthen search for the detour again andsuggests a detour if one is available at thattime.

. Without a subscription to a NavTrafficbroadcast, it will not be possible to get atraffic detour or apply settings for functionsrelated to traffic information. A messageappears when a related menu item isselected.

“Notes on NavTraffic information”(page 10-14)

Automatic detour guidanceWhen [Auto Reroute] and [Use Real TimeTraffic Information] are turned on in thedetailed route settings, a message willautomatically pop up when the systemfinds a detour.

“Detailed route settings” (page 5-26)

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-24

Page 115: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(113,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IRG01581. If a traffic jam or a serious traffic

problem occurs on the route whiledriving along the suggested route, theautomatic detour route search startsand a message pops up if a detour isfound.

2. To accept the suggested detour route,highlight [Yes] and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

. If no operation is performed for one minuteafter the message is displayed, the messagedisappears. The detour will not be accepted,and the current suggested route will remainunchanged.

. When [Traffic Announcement] is turned on inthe guidance settings, the system willannounce voice guidance at the same timethat the message appears on the screen.

“Guidance settings” (page 5-21)

SETTING CONDITIONS FOR ROUTECALCULATION

Search condition settingsThe route can be recalculated after chan-ging the route calculation conditions any-where along the route.

IRG0159

Basic operation:

1. Push <ROUTE>.

2. Highlight [Route Settings] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Basic Route Type] and push<ENTER>.

4. Highlight the preferred condition andpush <ENTER>. The indicator for theselected condition illuminates.

5. When the conditions are set, thesystem starts calculating the route withthe new conditions, and the currentlocation map screen is displayed.

Available conditions

. [Fastest Route]:Prioritizes by the fastest time.

. [Minimize Freeway]:Minimizes the use of motorways.

. [Shortest Route]:Prioritizes by the shortest route.

INFO:

Only one of these conditions can be utilized at atime.

Voice command

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

To set conditions for the route calcula-tion (Alternate Command Mode):

“Fastest Route”

“Minimize Freeway Route”

5. Route guidance

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-25

Page 116: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(114,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

“Shortest Route”

Detailed route settingsDetailed conditions can be set for the routecalculation.

IRG0160

Basic operation:

1. Push <ROUTE>.

2. Highlight [Route Settings] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Other Routing Choices] andpush <ENTER>.

4. Highlight the preferred condition andpush <ENTER>. The indicator for theselected condition illuminates.

5. If [Route Settings] is exited after chan-ging the settings, the system startscalculating the route with the newconditions.

Available setting items

. [Minimize Toll Roads]:Minimizes the use of toll roads.

. [Use Time Restricted Roads]:Uses any roads subject to time restric-tions.

. [Use Statistical Traffic Information]:Uses statistical traffic information thatis stored in the map data.

. [Use Real Time Traffic Information]:Uses the latest traffic informationreceived via the SiriusXM broadcast.

. [Use Avoid Area Settings]:Enables the avoid area setting.

. [Use Ferries]:Includes the use of ferries.

. [Use Learned Routes]:Uses the roads that are most frequentlytraveled with the help of self-learningtechnology.

. [Auto Reroute]:If the vehicle deviates from the sug-gested route, the system automaticallyrecalculates a route that leads thevehicle to the suggested route.

INFO:

. The recalculated route may not be theshortest route because the system prior-itizes roads that are easy to drive for safetyreasons.

. If route conditions are set from [RouteSettings], all sections in the route aresubject to the same route conditions eventhough different route conditions have beenset for different sections in [Edit/Add toRoute].

. If [Use Time Restricted Roads] is deacti-vated, the system calculates a route withoutany consideration of the regulations con-cerning the time or day of the week.Therefore, the suggested route may includea road subject to traffic regulations con-cerning the time or day of the week. Whendriving along the route, always follow alltraffic regulations regardless of whether[Use Time Restricted Roads] is set to on oroff.

. If the system cannot calculate any alter-native routes, it displays the previous route.

. If the vehicle greatly deviates from thesuggested route, the system calculates anew route.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-26

Page 117: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(115,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

. Statistical traffic information is based onprevious traffic data. When the traffic situa-tion rapidly changes due to unexpectedaccidents, construction work, traffic restric-tions, emergencies, etc., the predictionaccuracy of the system may be reduced.

. Traffic jam information displayed on themap screen is not statistical traffic informa-tion.

. When [Use Statistical Traffic Information] isturned on, the system may lead to a roadwhere a traffic jam occurs or to a detoureven though the shortest route does nothave a traffic jam.

. Even when [Use Real Time Traffic Informa-tion] is turned on, if traffic information hasnot been provided for the area, sometimes itis possible that a detour will not beindicated in a location where a traffic jamoccurs.

. The system may not lead to a detour if trafficclosure or a traffic jam occurs far from thepresent location.

. The system calculates to reduce the timerequired for the entire route from the start tothe destination. If there are no appropriateroutes, the system may lead to a routewhere a traffic jam occurs instead of leading

to a detour.

. This system can learn and memorize theroute that is most frequently used. However,despite driving on the same route severaltimes so that the system can learn the route,the system may have difficulty learning theroute under the following conditions.— [Use Time Restricted Roads] is set to on.

— [Use Real Time Traffic Information] is setto on.

ROUTE GUIDANCE SETTINGS

Various guidance information can be set tobe played during route guidance and theroute and/or voice guidance can be acti-vated or deactivated.

IRG0161

BASIC OPERATION1. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Guidance Settings] and push<ENTER>.

4. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.

5. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

5. Route guidance

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-27

Page 118: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(116,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

IRG0162Available setting items

. [Guidance Volume]:Adjusts the volume level of voiceguidance.

“Guidance settings” (page 5-21)

. [Guidance Voice]:Activates or deactivates voice gui-dance.The indicator illuminates if voice gui-dance is activated.

“Guidance settings” (page 5-21)

. [Traffic Announcement]:Provides an announcement of a trafficinformation event on the route.

“Guidance settings” (page 5-21)

. [Voice Guidance Settings]:Sets advanced settings for the voiceguidance announced at guide points.

“Route guidance settings”

(page 5-27)

. [Guidance Display Settings]:Activates or deactivates small turnarrow display on the map.

“Displaying small turn arrow onmap” (page 5-29)

. [Estimated Time]:Switches the display of the estimatedtravel time to the destination or way-point that is displayed on the mapscreen.

“Switching estimated arrival timedisplay” (page 5-29)

. [Others]:— [Set Average Speeds]:

Sets an average vehicle speed for eachtype of road, which is reflected in thecalculation of the required time to thedestination.

“Set average speeds” (page 5-30)

— [Auto Reroute]:If the vehicle deviates from the sug-gested route, the system automaticallyrecalculates a route that leads thevehicle to the suggested route.

“Setting Auto Reroute” (page 5-23)

SETTING VOICE GUIDANCE AT IN-TERSECTIONS1. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Guidance Settings] and push<ENTER>.

IRG01634. Highlight [Voice Guidance Settings] and

push <ENTER>.

IRG01645. Highlight [Intersection Guidance Set-

tings] and push <ENTER>.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-28

Page 119: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(117,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IRG01656. Highlight the preferred item and push

<ENTER>.

Available setting items

. [Voice Announcements]:Sets how many times the voice gui-dance is announced before the vehiclereaches an intersection.

1. Highlight [Voice Announcements] andpush <ENTER>.

2. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.. [Full]:

The system announces three kindsof voice guidance: “Turning Point”,“1 Guide” and “2 Guide”.

. [Concise]:The system announces two kinds ofvoice guidance: “Turning Point” and“1 Guide”.

. [Turning Point]:Turns on the sound that chimes when amaneuver is supposed to be occurring.

DISPLAYING SMALL TURN ARROWON MAPThe guidance screen displayed when thevehicle passes through an intersection canbe changed.

1. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Guidance Settings] and push<ENTER>.

IRG01664. Highlight [Guidance Display Settings]

and push <ENTER>.

IRG01675. Highlight [Small Turn Arrow on Map]

and push <ENTER> to activate or deac-tivate Small Turn Arrow on the Map(simplified turn indicator) displayed inthe upper left corner of the map screen.The indicator illuminates if the SmallTurn Arrow on the Map is displayed.

SWITCHING ESTIMATED ARRIVALTIME DISPLAYThe display of the travel time on the mapscreen can be switched between the traveltime to the destination and the travel timeto the waypoint.

Example: Switching the display to thetravel time to the waypoint

1. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

5. Route guidance

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-29

Page 120: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(118,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

3. Highlight [Guidance Settings] and push<ENTER>.

IRG01684. Highlight [Estimated Time] and push

<ENTER>.

IRG01695. Highlight [Waypoint] and push

<ENTER>. The indicator for the selectedcondition illuminates.

6. Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

IRG01707. The icon displayed on the map screen is

switched, and the travel time to thewaypoint is displayed.

Displayed icon: Display of the travel time to the destina-

tion

: Display of the travel time to the waypoint

SET AVERAGE SPEEDSThe required time to the destination can becalculated based on the set vehiclespeeds.

Basic operation1. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Guidance Settings] and push<ENTER>.

4. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

5. Highlight [Set Average Speeds] andpush <ENTER>.

6. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.

7. Use the INFINITI controller to make anadjustment. The speed can be in-creased/decreased by 5 MPH (5 km/h).

8. After finishing the setting, push<ENTER> or <BACK> to activate thesetting.

9. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

IRG0172

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-30

Page 121: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(119,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Available setting items

. [Auto]:If set to ON, the system automaticallycalculates the required time to thedestination, the indicator illuminatesand the speed settings cannot bechanged.

. [Freeway]:Adjust the average vehicle speed on afreeway by moving the INFINITI control-ler in the direction of [+] or [-].

. [Main Road]:Adjust the average vehicle speed on amain road by moving the INFINITIcontroller in the direction of [+] or [-].

. [Town Road]:Adjust the average vehicle speed on atown road by moving the INFINITIcontroller in the direction of [+] or [-].

. [Residential]:Adjust the average vehicle speed in aresidential area by moving the INFINITIcontroller in the direction of [+] or [-].

. [Reset]:Sets the average vehicle speeds to thedefault values.

5. Route guidance

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-31

Page 122: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(120,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Route guidance

MEMO

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

5-32

Page 123: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(121,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

6 Storing location/route

Storing location ...................................................... 6-2Storing location by searching ............................. 6-2Storing current vehicle location .......................... 6-3Storing location by moving map ......................... 6-4

Storing route .......................................................... 6-5Other settings .................................................... 6-5

Storing tracked route .............................................. 6-6Other settings .................................................... 6-7

Storing avoid area .................................................. 6-7Editing address book ............................................. 6-8

Basic operation .................................................. 6-8Editing stored home and address ....................... 6-9

Minor adjustment of home orstored address ............................................... 6-10Editing stored route ........................................ 6-14Editing stored tracking ................................... 6-15Editing avoid area .......................................... 6-16

Deleting stored item ............................................ 6-19Deleting stored item individually .................... 6-19Deleting individual item on map ..................... 6-20Deleting all stored items ................................ 6-20

Transferring information to/fromaddress book ....................................................... 6-22

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

Page 124: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(122,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

6. Storing location/route

STORING LOCATION

Often visited locations can be stored in theAddress Book. The stored addresses canbe easily retrieved to set them as adestination or waypoint.

INFO:

. The Address Book can store up to 300locations.

. New information placed in the same storageposition will overwrite the old data.

STORING LOCATION BY SEARCHINGAfter a location is searched for once, it canbe stored for future use.

1. Push <SETTING>.

IST00812. Highlight [Navigation] and push

<ENTER>.

IST00823. Highlight [Address Book] and push

<ENTER>.

IST00834. Highlight [Stored Location] and push

<ENTER>.

IST0084

5. Highlight [Home Location (None)] or[Add New] and push <ENTER>.

IST00856. Highlight the appropriate method to

search for a location and push <ENTER>.“4. Setting destination”

IST00867. When a preferred location is displayed

at the center of the map, confirm theaddress of the location and push<ENTER>.

A message is displayed, and theaddress of the location is stored inthe Address Book.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-2

Page 125: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(123,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IST00878. Adjust the location of the stored item

and edit the contents of the stored itemas necessary. After finishing thesetting, highlight [OK] and push<ENTER>.

INFO:

. When the location is stored in the AddressBook, [Address Book] can be used to searchfor the location.

. A location can be adjusted by selecting[Move Location] using the same method asthe one for a destination.

“Moving location of destination”(page 5-5)

Other settingsAn address can also be stored using thefollowing procedure.

IST00881. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Address Book] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Store/Edit] and push<ENTER>.

4. Highlight [Add New] and push <ENTER>.

5. Highlight the appropriate method tosearch for a location and push <ENTER>.The address of the searched location isstored.

“4. Setting destination”

STORING CURRENT VEHICLE LOCA-TION

IST00891. Push <MAP> to display the current

location map screen.

2. Push <ENTER> at the current vehiclelocation.

IST00903. Highlight [Store Location] and push

<ENTER>. A message is displayed, andthe current vehicle location is stored inthe Address Book.

6. Storing location/route

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-3

Page 126: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(124,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

6. Storing location/route

IST00914. The icon representing the stored loca-

tion is displayed on the map.

Push <MAP> or <BACK> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

INFO:

The location is stored in the first availableposition number in the Address Book list.

STORING LOCATION BY MOVINGMAP

IST0092

1. Move to the preferred location on themap and push <ENTER>.

IST00932. Highlight [Store Location] and push

<ENTER>. A message is displayed, andthe address of the location is stored inthe Address Book.

IST00943. The icon representing the stored loca-

tion is displayed on the map.

Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

INFO:

The address is stored in the first availableposition number in the Address Book list.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-4

Page 127: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(125,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

STORING ROUTE

A maximum of 5 calculated routes can bestored. Stored routes can be easily re-trieved and set as the suggested route.

INFO:

Stored route includes only locations (destina-tion and waypoints) and route calculationconditions, not the route itself.

1. Push <ROUTE>.

IST00952. Highlight [Route Info] and push

<ENTER>.

IST00963. Highlight [Store Route] and push

<ENTER>.

IST00974. A confirmation message is displayed.

Confirm the contents of the message,highlight [Yes] and push <ENTER>.

The current route is stored.

OTHER SETTINGSA route can also be stored using thefollowing procedure.

IST00981. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Address Book] and push<ENTER>.

4. Highlight [Stored Routes] and push<ENTER>.

5. Highlight [Store Current Route] andpush <ENTER>.

6. A confirmation message is displayed.Confirm the contents of the message,highlight [Yes] and push <ENTER>. Thecurrent route is stored.

6. Storing location/route

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-5

Page 128: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(126,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

6. Storing location/route

INFO:

. The route is stored in the first availableposition number in the store current routelist.

. A maximum of 5 routes can be stored. When5 routes are stored in the Address Book, anew route cannot be stored until a route isdeleted.

“Deleting stored item” (page 6-19)

. If any waypoints are not set on the route, theroute cannot be stored.

STORING TRACKED ROUTE

A travelled route up to the current locationcan be stored. A maximum of 5 trackedroutes can be stored.

IST00991. Push <MAP> to display the current

location map screen.

2. Push <ENTER> at the current vehiclelocation.

IST01003. Highlight [Store Tracking] and push

<ENTER>.

IST01014. A confirmation message is displayed.

Confirm the contents of the message,highlight [Yes] and push <ENTER>.

The tracked route you have traveled isstored.

5. Push <MAP> or <BACK> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

INFO:

. A maximum of 5 tracked routes can bestored. When 5 tracked routes are stored inthe Address Book, a new tracked routecannot be stored until a tracked route isdeleted.

“Deleting stored item” (page 6-19)

. The tracked route is stored in the firstavailable position number in the storetracking list.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-6

Page 129: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(127,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

OTHER SETTINGSA tracked route can also be stored usingthe following procedure.

IST01021. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Address Book] and push<ENTER>.

4. Highlight [Stored Tracking] and push<ENTER>.

5. Highlight [Add New] and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

A tracked route can only be stored using thesetting screen when [Current Tracking] is set toon.

STORING AVOID AREA

An Avoid Area can be stored.

The Avoid Area is an area that can beexcluded from a route, such as a road thatis always congested. Once Avoid Areas arestored, the system avoids those areaswhen calculating a route. Up to 10 AvoidAreas can be stored.

1. Push <SETTING>.

IST00812. Highlight [Navigation] and push

<ENTER>.

IST00823. Highlight [Address Book] and push

<ENTER>.

IST01034. Highlight [Avoid Area] and push

<ENTER>.

IST0104

6. Storing location/route

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-7

Page 130: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(128,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

6. Storing location/route

5. Highlight [Add New] and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

A maximum of 10 Avoid Areas can be stored.When 10 Avoid Areas are already stored, anew Avoid Area cannot be stored until acurrently stored Avoid Area is deleted.

“Deleting stored item” (page 6-19)

IST01056. Highlight the appropriate method to

search for a location and push <ENTER>.“4. Setting destination”

IST0106

7. Set the following items for the searchedlocation.

Available setting items:

. [Rename]:Changes the name.

“Rename” (page 6-17)

. [Move Location]:Adjusts the location of the AvoidArea.

“Move Location” (page 6-17)

. [Resize Area]:Adjusts the range of the Avoid Area.

“Resize Area” (page 6-17)

. [FWY]:Avoids Freeways.

“FWY” (page 6-18)

. [Delete]:Deletes the avoid area.

“Delete” (page 6-18)

8. After finishing the setting, highlight[OK] and push <ENTER>.

EDITING ADDRESS BOOK

Items stored in the Address Book can bemodified. These settings can be edited tomake the navigation system more useful.

IST0107

BASIC OPERATION1. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Address Book] and push<ENTER>.

4. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-8

Page 131: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(129,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Available setting items

. [Stored Location]:Edits the information of a stored homeand Address.

“Editing stored home and ad-dress” (page 6-9)

. [Stored Routes]:Edits the information of a stored route.

“Editing stored route” (page 6-14)

. [Stored Tracking]:Edits the information of a storedtracked route.

“Editing stored tracking”(page 6-15)

. [Avoid Area]:Edits the information of a stored AvoidArea.

“Editing avoid area” (page 6-16)

. [Delete Stored Items]:Deletes a stored location or route.

“Deleting all stored items”(page 6-20)

. [Transfer Address Book]:Imports or exports the data of thestored items using a USB memory.

EDITING STORED HOME AND AD-DRESS

IST01081. Highlight [Stored Location] and push

<ENTER>.

2. Highlight the stored home location orpreferred stored address and push<ENTER>.

INFO:

Highlighting [Sort] displays a list of varioussort functions.To use the sort functions, stored locationsmust be set in advance.

“Minor adjustment of home or storedaddress” (page 6-10)

IST0109

3. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.

Available setting items

. [Edit]:Edits the stored address information.

. [Move Location]:Adjusts the location of the storedaddress.

. [Delete]:Deletes the stored address.

. [OK]:Applies the settings.

Other settingsA stored address can also be edited usingthe following procedure.

6. Storing location/route

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-9

Page 132: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(130,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

6. Storing location/route

IST01101. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Address Book] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Store/Edit] and push<ENTER>.

MINOR ADJUSTMENT OF HOME ORSTORED ADDRESSWhen [Edit] is selected, you can edit thefollowing items of the home or storedlocation can be edited.

. [Show Icon on Map]

. [Name] (only for stored locations)

. [Voicetag] (only for stored locations)

. [Icon]

. [Sound]

. [Direction]

. [Distance]

. [Phone No.]

. [Group] (only for stored locations)

. [Entry Numbers] (only for stored loca-tions)

Show Icon on MapDisplays the home icon or the storedaddress icon on the map.

IST01111. Highlight [Show Icon on Map] and push

<ENTER>.

2. The indicator illuminates when the itemis set. Then the system displays theicon on the map.

Name (only for stored locations)Changes the name of a stored location.

IST01121. Highlight [Name] and push <ENTER>.

A character input screen is displayed.

IST01132. Enter the preferred name for the stored

location.“How to input letters and num-bers” (page 2-16)

3. Highlight [OK] and push <ENTER>.

The name is stored.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-10

Page 133: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(131,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Voicetag (only for stored locations)Stores the voicetag for the stored location.The voicetag allows you to set the storedlocation as a destination using VoiceRecognition.

IST01141. Highlight [Voicetag] and push <ENTER>.

IST01152. Highlight [Store] and push <ENTER>.

IST01163. A beep sounds, and the system enters

the voice command reception mode.

4. Speak the name/word to be used asVoicetag.

5. The Voicetag is stored, provided thesystem recognizes it.

INFO:

. A Voicetag cannot be stored, overwritten orplayed while driving.

. The Address Book can store up to 100Voicetags.

. Highlight [Play] to confirm the storedVoicetag.

. Highlight [Delete] to delete a stored Voice-tag.

. If a Voicetag is already stored, select[Restore] to re-record the Voicetag.

IconChanges the icon of the home or storedaddress to the preferred one. By changingthe icons, the usage of the [By Icon] optionof the sort function can be optimized moreeffectively.

IST01171. Highlight [Icon] and push <ENTER>.

A list of icons is displayed.

IST01182. Highlight the preferred icon and push

<ENTER>.

The icon is changed.

6. Storing location/route

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-11

Page 134: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(132,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

6. Storing location/route

SoundSets the tone of the alarm that soundswhen the vehicle approaches the home or astored address.

IST01191. Highlight [Sound] and push <ENTER>.

A sound list is displayed.

IST01202. Select the preferred alarm tone and

push <ENTER>.

The indicator of the selected alarm toneilluminates.

Sound list:

None

Chime

Melody

Sound

Dog

Cat

Wave

Church bell

Marimba

Trumpet

Horn

Scratch

DirectionSets the alarm to sound when approachingfrom a specific direction.

IST0121

1. Highlight [Direction] and push <ENTER>.

A map screen with the home or storedlocation located on the map center isdisplayed.

IST01222. Set the direction that sounds the alarm

and push <ENTER>.

The selected direction is set.

INFO:

After the direction is set and [Direction] isselected and set again, a confirmation messageis displayed. Confirm the contents of themessage, highlight [Yes] and push <ENTER>.The set direction is overwritten.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-12

Page 135: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(133,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

DistanceSets the alarm to sound when reaching aspecific distance to the home or storedaddress.

IST01231. Highlight [Distance] and push <ENTER>.

IST01242. Highlight the preferred distance option

and push <ENTER>. The indicator of theselected distance illuminates.

Available distance options:

. 150 feet (50 m)

. 300 feet (100 m)

. 1000 feet (300 m)

. 1500 feet (500 m)

IST0191

INFO:

Once the direction and the distance to sound analarm are set, the system will sound the alarmwhen the vehicle enters the triggering zone.

*1 Stored location icon

*2 Vehicle icon

*3 Trigger zone

Phone numberStores the telephone number of the homeor a stored location.

IST01251. Highlight [Phone No.] and push

<ENTER>. The telephone number entryscreen is displayed.

IST01262. Enter the telephone number of the

home or stored location.“Number input screen”(page 2-17)

6. Storing location/route

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-13

Page 136: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(134,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

6. Storing location/route

3. Highlight [OK] and push <ENTER>. Thetelephone number is stored.

INFO:

If the phone number of the home or a location isstored, the phone number can be used to searchfor the destination even if it is not included inthe map data.

Group (only for stored locations)This groups the stored locations.

By grouping the stored locations, the [ByGroup] option of the sort function can beused more effectively in the [Sort Entries]mode.

IST01271. Highlight [Group] and push <ENTER>.

IST01282. Highlight the preferred group and push

<ENTER>.

When the indicator of the selectedgroup illuminates, the stored locationis classified into the applicable group.

Entry Numbers (only for storedlocations)Switches the entry numbers of any twostored locations in the list.

IST0129

1. Highlight [Entry Numbers] and push<ENTER>.

A list of stored locations is displayed.

IST0130

2. Highlight the stored addresses that youwant to change and push <ENTER>.

The position numbers of the selectedstored locations are changed.

EDITING STORED ROUTE

IST0131

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-14

Page 137: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(135,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

1. Highlight [Stored Routes] and push<ENTER>.

2. Highlight the preferred stored routeand push <ENTER>.

IST01323. Highlight the preferred item to edit

from the list on the right side of thescreen and push <ENTER>.

4. After finishing the editing, highlight[OK] and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

If [Store Current Route] is selected, the systemstores the current route.

Available setting items

. [Rename]:Changes the name.

“Character (letters and numbers)input screen” (page 2-16)

. [Replace]:Overwrites the stored route with thecurrent route.

. [Delete]:Deletes the stored route.

. [OK]:Applies the settings.

EDITING STORED TRACKING

IST01331. Highlight [Stored Tracking] and push

<ENTER>.

2. Highlight the stored tracked route andpush <ENTER>.When the “ON” indicatoris not illuminated, push <ENTER>. Theindicator illuminates, and the Editscreen is displayed.

If <ENTER> is pushed while the “ON”indicator is illuminated, the indicatorturns off.

IST01343. Highlight the preferred item and push

<ENTER>.

Available setting items (Current tracking)

. [View Track]:Displays the tracked route up to thecurrent location.

. [Delete]:Deletes the stored current tracking.

. [OK]:Applies the settings.

IST0135

6. Storing location/route

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-15

Page 138: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(136,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

6. Storing location/route

Available setting items (Stored trackedroutes)

. [View Track]:Displays a stored tracked route on themap.

. [Rename]:Changes the name.

“Character (letters and numbers)input screen” (page 2-16)

. [Replace]:Overwrites the stored tracked routewith the current tracked route.

. [Delete]:Deletes the stored tracked route.

. [OK]:Applies the settings.

Displaying a tracked routeThe stored tracked route can be displayedon the map as necessary.

IST01361. Highlight [Stored Tracking] and push

<ENTER>.

2. Highlight a tracked route to display onthe map screen, and push <ENTER>. The“ON” indicator illuminates, and the Editscreen is displayed.

IST01373. After confirming the location to display

the tracked route, highlight [OK] andpush <ENTER>. The screen returns to theprevious screen.

4. Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

INFO:

. Current tracking is displayed up to 6 miles(10 km).

. Stored tracking is displayed up to 12 miles(20 km).

EDITING AVOID AREA

IST01381. Highlight [Avoid Area] and push

<ENTER>.

2. Highlight the preferred Avoid Area andpush <ENTER>.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-16

Page 139: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(137,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IST01393. Highlight the preferred items and push

<ENTER>.

Available setting items

. [Rename]:Changes the name.

. [Move Location]:Adjusts the location of the AvoidArea.

. [Resize Area]:Adjusts the range of the Avoid Area.

. [FWY]:Avoids freeways.

. [Delete]:Deletes the Avoid Area.

. [OK]:Applies the setting.

4. After finishing the setting, highlight[OK] and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

An Avoid Area can be added by selecting [AddNew].

“Storing avoid area” (page 6-7)

RenameChanges the name of an Avoid Area.

IST01401. Highlight [Rename] and push <ENTER>.

A character input screen is displayed.

2. Enter the preferred name for the avoidarea.

3. Highlight [OK] and push <ENTER>. Thename is stored.

Move LocationAdjusts the location of the Avoid Area.

IST01411. Highlight [Move Location] and push

<ENTER>.

2. Adjust the location of the Avoid Area.

3. After adjusting the location, push<ENTER>.

Resize AreaAdjusts the range of the Avoid Area.

IST0142

6. Storing location/route

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-17

Page 140: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(138,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

6. Storing location/route

1. Highlight [Resize Area] and push<ENTER>.

2. Highlight the range from 5 availablelevels.

3. After highlighting the range, push<ENTER>.

INFO:

Turning the center dial to change the scale of themap.Push <ZOOM IN>/<ZOOM OUT> (if so equipped)to change the scale of the map.

FWYSets the route to avoid freeways.

IST01431. Highlight [FWY].

To include freeways in the Avoid Area,push <ENTER> to illuminate this indica-tor.

IST01442. The Avoid Area is displayed in green if it

includes a freeway or in blue if it doesnot include a freeway.

INFO:

If the current vehicle location is set to an AvoidArea, the system will not provide route gui-dance.

DeleteDeletes the Avoid Area.

IST0145

1. Highlight [Delete] and push <ENTER>.

IST01462. A confirmation message is displayed.

Confirm the contents of the message,highlight [Yes] and push <ENTER>. Thestored item is deleted from the AddressBook.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-18

Page 141: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(139,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

DELETING STORED ITEM

The locations and routes in the AddressBook can be deleted. Two deletion meth-ods are available: deleting an individualitem and deleting all stored items.

NOTE:

Deleted items cannot be restored. Beforedeleting an item, always make sure that theitem is truly not necessary.

DELETING STORED ITEM INDIVIDU-ALLYYou can delete stored addresses, routes,tracking and avoid areas individually.

IST01471. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

IST01483. Highlight [Address Book] and push

<ENTER>.

IST0149Example: [Stored Location] is high-lighted.

4. Highlight the preferred item for dele-tion and push <ENTER>.

IST01505. Highlight the preferred location/route

for deletion and push <ENTER>.

IST01516. Highlight [Delete] and push <ENTER>.

IST0152

6. Storing location/route

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-19

Page 142: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(140,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

6. Storing location/route

7. A confirmation message is displayed.Confirm the contents of the message,highlight [Yes] and push <ENTER>. Thestored item is deleted from the AddressBook.

Other settingsA stored address can also be deleted usingthe following procedure.

IST01531. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Address Book] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Store/Edit] and push<ENTER>.

4. Highlight [Edit or Delete an Entry] andpush <ENTER>.

5. Highlight a preferred address and push<ENTER>.

“4. Setting destination”

INFO:

This procedure applies only for deleting a storedhome or address. A stored route, tracking oravoid area cannot be deleted using thisprocedure.

DELETING INDIVIDUAL ITEM ON MAP1. Align the cross pointer over the pre-

ferred stored location for deletion bymoving on the map. Then push<ENTER>.

IST01542. Highlight [Delete] and push <ENTER>.

IST0155

3. A confirmation message is displayed.Confirm the contents of the message,highlight [Yes] and push <ENTER>.

The stored item is deleted from theAddress Book.

DELETING ALL STORED ITEMS

IST01561. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

IST0157

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-20

Page 143: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(141,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

3. Highlight [Address Book] and push<ENTER>.

IST01584. Highlight [Delete Stored Items] and

push <ENTER>.

IST01595. Highlight the preferred item for dele-

tion and push <ENTER>

Items that can be deleted

. [Delete Home Location]:Deletes the home location.

. [Delete Address Book]:Deletes all stored locations.

. [Delete Stored Routes]:Deletes all stored routes.

. [Delete Current Tracking]:Deletes the current tracked route.

. [Delete Stored Tracking]:Deletes all stored tracked routes.

. [Delete Avoid Areas]:Deletes all stored Avoid Areas.

. [Delete Stored Voicetags]:Deletes all stored Voicetags.

. [Delete Connected Search History] (ifso equipped):Delete all search history of Con-nected Search.

. [Delete Previous Destinations]:Deletes all or one of the previousdestinations.

. [Delete Previous Start Point]:Deletes all previous start points.

. [Delete Learned Route]:Deletes all system learned routes.

IST01706. A confirmation message is displayed.

Confirm the contents of the message,highlight [Yes] and push <ENTER>. Thestored items are deleted from theAddress Book.

INFO:

[Delete Connected Search History] is the featureof Infiniti ConnectionTM. A subscription isnecessary to receive Infiniti Connection ser-vices.

Other settingsAll stored addresses can also be deletedusing the following procedure.

6. Storing location/route

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-21

Page 144: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(142,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

6. Storing location/route

IST01711. Push <DEST>.

2. Highlight [Address Book] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Store/Edit] and push<ENTER>.

4. Highlight [Delete All Addressbook En-tries] and push <ENTER>.

“4. Setting destination”

INFO:

This procedure applies only for deleting a storedhome or address. A stored route, tracking oravoid area cannot be deleted using thisprocedure.

TRANSFERRING INFORMATION TO/FROMADDRESS BOOK

The information of the stored home andaddresses can be exported and importedusing a USB memory device.

INFO:

A USB memory can be used to transfer data butit is not possible to edit data using a personalcomputer, etc.

IST01561. Insert a USB memory device and push

<SETTING>.

INFO:

Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual for thelocation of the USB connector.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

IST01573. Highlight [Address Book] and push

<ENTER>.

IST01624. Highlight [Transfer Address Book] and

push <ENTER>.

IST0163

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-22

Page 145: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(143,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

5. Highlight [Download Address Book toUSB] or [Download Address Book fromUSB] and push <ENTER>.

IST01646. Highlight a stored item. The [ON]

indicator illuminates.

IST01657. Highlight [Download] and push

<ENTER>.

NOTE:

Do not remove the USB memory until thesystem completely imports or exports the data.

IST0166

INFO:

If the USB memory already has the data for astored address, a confirmation message isdisplayed. Once overwritten, the original datacannot be recovered.

6. Storing location/route

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-23

Page 146: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(144,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

6. Storing location/route

MEMO

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

6-24

Page 147: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(145,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7 Viewing technical information

Information screen ................................................. 7-2Basic operation .................................................. 7-2

Infiniti ConnectionTM (if so equipped) ..................... 7-3Legal disclaimer ................................................. 7-3Infiniti Connection features ................................ 7-4Basic operation .................................................. 7-9Viewing information feeds .................................. 7-9Updating All Information Feeds ........................ 7-11Connecting to Interactive Voice Menu ............... 7-11Viewing information feeds history .................... 7-12Deleting Infiniti Connection history ................... 7-12Initializing all Infiniti Connection settings ......... 7-13Displaying unit ID information .......................... 7-13Volume setting ................................................. 7-14Emergency support .......................................... 7-14

Viewing information about currentvehicle location .................................................... 7-16

Basic operation ................................................ 7-16

Viewing available traffic information .................... 7-16Basic operation .............................................. 7-17Info on route .................................................. 7-17Nearby traffic Info. .......................................... 7-18Display urgent traffic information ................... 7-18Traffic information on map .............................. 7-19Traffic information settings ............................. 7-21

Viewing available weather information ................. 7-22Displaying weather information screen ........... 7-23Destination weather on suggestedroute screen ................................................... 7-29Automatically display warnings/watches ........ 7-30

Map update ......................................................... 7-31Viewing navigation systemversion information .............................................. 7-32

Basic operation .............................................. 7-32Viewing GPS current location information ............ 7-33

Basic operation .............................................. 7-33

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

Page 148: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(146,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

INFORMATION SCREEN

This screen sets or displays various in-formation that is helpful for using thevehicle safely and comfortably.

Available items include the vehicle infor-mation, Infiniti ConnectionTM (if soequipped), Traffic Info. setup, current loca-tion information, GPS information, Voicerecognition list and map version.

INFO:

. A NavTraffic subscription is necessary toview Traffic Info.

. [Infiniti Connection] is a feature of InfinitiConnection. Use of this feature is dependentupon a valid subscription and the telematicsdevice being in operative condition, as wellas cellular connectivity, navigation mapdata and GPS satellite signal receptionbeing available.

JNG0147M

BASIC OPERATION1. Push <INFO>.

2. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.

Available items

. [Infiniti Connection] (if so equipped):Displays various types of information orreceives services by connecting yourvehicle to the Infiniti Connection DataCenter.

“Infiniti ConnectionTM” (page 7-3)

. [Energy Flow] (if so equipped):Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

. [Fuel Economy]:Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

. [Tire Pressure] (if so equipped):Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

. [Maintenance]:Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

. [Traffic Info]:Allows Traffic Info. setup.

“Viewing available traffic informa-tion” (page 7-16)

. [Weather Info]:Displays weather information.

“Viewing available weather infor-mation” (page 7-22)

. [Trip Computer] (if so equipped):Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

. [Others]:— [Where am I?]:

Displays information regarding the cur-rent vehicle location.

“Viewing information about cur-rent vehicle location” (page 7-16)

— [Map Update]:Displays the map version and enablesupdating of the map data.

“Map update” (page 7-31)

— [Navigation Version]:Displays the current navigation systemversion.

“Viewing navigation system ver-sion information” (page 7-32)

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-2

Page 149: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(147,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

— [GPS Position]:Displays GPS information regarding thecurrent vehicle location.

“Viewing GPS current location in-formation” (page 7-33)

— [Voice Recognition]:Displays information on how to use thevoice recognition.

“9. Voice recognition”

INFO:

Designs and items displayed on the screen mayvary depending on the models and/or equip-ments.

INFINITI CONNECTIONTM (if so equipped)

LEGAL DISCLAIMERAvoid operating Infiniti ConnectionTM andInfiniti Connection Plus services in such away that you are distracted while driving.Infiniti Connection Subscription Agreementrequired to enroll.

Beginning on your date of purchase, for aperiod of time, services are complimentary.At the expiration of the complimentaryperiod, your credit card (if on file) will becharged and your service will automaticallyrenew in accordance with the terms of yourInfiniti Connection Subscription Agree-ment.

Services are dependent upon subscriptionenrollment and the telematics device beingin operative condition, cellular connectionavailability, navigation map data, and GPSsatellite signal reception, which can limitthe ability to reach Infiniti Connection or toreceive support. Services, including auto-matic crash notification and SOS, requirean active subscription, and are dependentupon the telematics device being in anoperative condition, its ability to connect toa wireless network, compatible wireless

network availability, navigation map data,and GPS satellite signal receptions, theabsence of which can limit or prevent theability to reach Infiniti Connection Custo-mer Care or receive support. Servicesrequire compatible 2G GSM/GPRS cellularnetwork provided by AT&T 2G cellularnetwork not available in all areas and/oravailable at all times. Cellular technology isevolving, and changes to cellular networksprovided by independent companies arenot within Infiniti’s control. AT&T hasannounced that on December 31, 2016,AT&T will terminate 2G network availability.Like other devices that rely on 2G networkcoverage, once the 2G network is termi-nated, Infiniti Connection and Infiniti Con-nection Plus services will not functionunless equipment replacements, up-grades, or alternative 2G network coverageare available at that time, which Infiniticannot guarantee. Infiniti is not responsi-ble for associated costs that may berequired for continued operation due tocellular network termination (includingequipment upgrades, if available, or roam-ing charges on alternative networks).Certain vehicle services, including Google®

compatible services, provided by indepen-dent companies are not within Infiniti’s

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-3

** Click HERE to see "Owner's Manual Supplement" beginning on page 2. **

schulzh
Rectangle
Page 150: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(148,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

control and are subject to change withoutnotice or liability to Infiniti and its affiliatesand agents. Complimentary 12 monthsubscription begins on your date of pur-chase. Subsequently, your credit card (if onfile) will be charged at the then currentsubscription rate and your service willcontinue for 1 year periods under theterms of your Subscription Agreement, oruntil 2G coverage is terminated on Decem-ber 31, 2016 (if equipment upgrades orroaming charges are not available by thatdate). Standard text rates and/or datausage may apply. Terms and conditions ofSubscription Agreement apply. See Infini-tiUSA.com for more information.

INFINITI CONNECTION FEATURESInfiniti Connection provides various typesof information and services by connectingyour vehicle to the Infiniti Connection DataCenter and Infiniti Connection ResponseCenter using TCU (Telematics Communica-tion Unit) installed in your vehicle.

WARNINGGUID-3351361F-A754-4DC9-B209-4D2EF539E24B

. Radio waves could adversely affect elec-tric medical equipment. Those who use apacemaker should contact the electric

medical equipment manufacturer regard-ing the possible influences before use.

. The TCU antenna is installed inside theupper central part of the instrumentpanel. An occupant should not get anycloser to the antenna than specified bythe pacemaker manufacturer. The radiowaves from the TCU antenna may ad-versely affect the operation of the pace-maker while using the Infiniti Connectionservice.

. Please note that the Automatic CollisionNotification service and Emergency Callfunction cannot be used in the followingconditions:

— Infiniti Connection subscription hasexpired or was cancelled.

— The vehicle is outside the area wherethe cellular network service is receiva-ble.

— The vehicle is in a location with poorsignal reception such as tunnels, un-derground parking garages, behindbuildings or in mountainous areas.

— The line is busy.

— The TCU (Telematics Control Unit) orother systems of your vehicle are notworking properly.

— The Infiniti Connection network or callcenter is disabled.

— It may not be possible to make anemergency call in all accidents oremergencies, or if you are in a locationwithout reception.

Park the vehicle in a safe location and set theparking brake before operating <SOS>. In-appropriate use of the service may be aviolation of local laws and result in a criminalpenalty.

INFO:

. Infiniti Connection features are dependentupon subscription enrollment and the tele-matics device being in operative condition,cellular connectivity, navigation map dataand GPS satellite signal reception. Termsand conditions of Infiniti Connection Sub-scription Agreement apply.

. Enrollment is required in order to receiveInfiniti Connection services. The servicesthat can be received vary depending on the

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-4

Page 151: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(149,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

plan in which you are enrolled.

. All services can be used free of charge forthe first year of ownership.

. After the first year, use of the service will nolonger be free of charge. The services thatcan be received vary depending on the planto which you subscribe.

. Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict theuse of “Text-to-Speech.” Check local regula-tions before using this feature.

Infiniti Connection services may be up-dated. The latest detailed information isavailable on the following websites orsupport line.

Infiniti Connection website:

www.infiniticonnection.com (for U.S.)

https://canada.infiniticonnection.com(for Canada)

Infiniti Connection support line:

1-800-334-7858 (for U.S.)

1-855-892-7418 (for Canada)

. Automatic Collision Notification:TCU (Telematics Communication Unit)generates a signal automatically to theInfiniti Connection Response Center inthe case of an accident severe enough

to trigger one of the vehicle’s airbags.Upon the signal, a Response Specialistreceives the vehicle location and cus-tomer information and notifies theproper authorities in accordance withestablished policies and procedures.

. Emergency Call:Emergency Call feature provides emer-gency assistance by connecting to anResponse Specialist in case of anemergency by pushing the in-vehicle<SOS> button. The Response Specialistcan help provide various types ofassistance depending on the situation.

“Emergency support” (page 7-14)

. Enhanced Roadside Assistance:Enhanced Roadside Assistance allowsyou to receive assistance from theRoadside Response Specialist for anon-emergency incident that requiresa towing or third party response ser-vice. The service is accessed by touch-ing the IVR (Interactive Voice Response)soft button on the navigation screen orby pushing the in-vehicle <SOS> button.Roadside Assistance may also be usedin conjunction with the EmergencyAssistance service, if warranted.

“Emergency support” (page 7-14)

. My Schedule:My Schedule feature allows accessingto your personal online Google Calen-darTM via the navigation system anddisplaying the calendar or read out theschedule. This service will also allowyou to review your appointments andmeetings, and select the meeting loca-tion as a destination.

“Viewing information feeds”(page 7-9)

. Report Stolen Vehicle:A Response Specialist will attempt toobtain location information from areported stolen vehicle and providethat information to local law enforce-ment agencies to assist in the recoveryof your stolen vehicle.

. Remote Door Lock/Unlock:Remote Door Lock/Unlock feature al-lows you to access the vehicle remotelyby calling to an Infiniti ConnectionResponse Specialist or from the InfinitiConnection website to send lock orunlock commands to the vehicle.

“Connecting to Interactive VoiceMenu” (page 7-11)

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-5

Page 152: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(150,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

. Alarm Notification:Alarm Notification feature will notifyyou via the chosen notification methodin the Infiniti Connection website whenyour vehicle alarm system is activated.

. Scheduled Maintenance Notification:The Maintenance Alert Notification pro-vides vehicle’s mileage data to INFINITI.INFINITI notifies you of the maintenancenotifications using this mileage data.

. Maintenance Alert:Maintenance Alert allows you to receivenotifications via the chosen notificationmethod set in the Infiniti Connectionwebsite in the case of a vehiclesubsystem malfunction. The service ismanaged through the Infiniti Connec-tion website.

. Destination Assistance:Destination Assistance helps you tosearch a destination via the InteractiveVoice Response (IVR) system or a liveResponse Specialist by pushing the IVRsoft button on the navigation screen.The IVR system will ask you for name,item or address, etc. to locate yourrequested point of interest and ac-cesses a third-party service to bring

up the most applicable results. AResponse Specialist will ask you if yourrequest is not recognized in the IVRsession.

. Destination Send-to Vehicle:Destination Send-to-Vehicle feature al-lows you to find the point of interestinformation from the latest databasewithin the Infiniti Connection websiteand download to the vehicle.

. Connected Search:Connected Search gives you the abilityto conduct a point of interest searcharound the vehicle location via theDestination menu of the navigationsystem. This search links to the InfinitiConnection database which may havedestination information more up-to-date than your Infiniti navigation sys-tem.

“Setting by Infiniti ConnectionTM”(page 4-12)

. Drive Zone:Drive Zone feature allows you to moni-tor the movement of your vehicle in andout of specified regions. Using theInfiniti Connection website or the Inter-active Voice Response (IVR), you can

define a series of allowed or restrictedregions, and are then alerted via yourchosen notification method when thevehicle enters or leaves a designatedregion. You can also query the InfinitiConnection website to see a listing ofalert notifications received.

. Max Speed Alert:Max Speed Alert allows you to monitorthe speed of your vehicle by receivingalerts. You can set the maximum speedvia the Infiniti Connection website, andif your vehicle exceeds the specifiedspeed threshold, you will receive anotification via the chosen method.You can also query the Infiniti Connec-tion website to view a listing of MaxSpeed Alert notifications.

. Mobile Information Service (if soequipped):Mobile Information Service (MIS) deli-vers information such as the latestnews headlines, stock quotes andsports scores set in the Infiniti Connec-tion website to be displayed on yournavigation screen or be read out.

“Viewing information feeds”(page 7-9)

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-6

Page 153: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(151,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

. Infiniti Personal Assistant:Infiniti Personal Assistant delivers ahigh-quality assistant-like service byproviding a quick-assist program de-signed to provide immediate informa-tion or assistance. Services andfeatures are driver-centric and enableyou to make restaurant, hotel or airlinereservations, purchase movie, theateror sporting event tickets, and receivelocal information based on your re-quests.

“Connecting to Interactive VoiceMenu” (page 7-11)

. Valet Alert:Valet Alert notifies you if the vehiclemoves outside a 0.2 mile radius of thelocation set on the Infiniti Connectionwebsite. You can activate Valet Alertfrom the "Voice Menu" and saying"Valet Alert" when the call is con-nected.

“Connecting to Interactive VoiceMenu” (page 7-11)

Notice to Bluetooth® Hands-freephone usersThe Bluetooth® Hands-free phone systemwill be disabled and not be able to take

phone calls while the vehicle is connectedto the Infiniti Connection Response Spe-cialists or the emergency support staff atthe Infiniti Response Center. This is toavoid various services by Infiniti Connec-tion Response Specialists (such as routeguidance) and Infiniti Connection emer-gency support staff being interrupted byincoming calls. Incoming phone calls re-ceived while the vehicle is connected to theService Center will not be listed in the callhistory of the Bluetooth® Hands-freephone system. However those incomingcalls may be listed in the call history ofyour mobile phone, depending on itscapabilities. After disconnecting commu-nication with the Infiniti Connection Re-sponse Specialist or Infiniti Connectionemergency support staff, check the incom-ing call history on your mobile phone whenit is safe to do so.

Service applicationA separately purchased Infiniti Connectionsubscription is required. For detailed in-formation, contact an INFINITI retailer orrefer to the following Infiniti Connectionwebsite:

www.infiniticonnection.com (for U.S.)

https://canada.infiniticonnection.com (forCanada)

INFO:

If the vehicle is owned by another person and isresold, the subscription for this service must becanceled and all data stored on the device mustbe deleted.

Operating tips

WARNINGGUID-D56B9698-6357-41FF-A5C7-FC6C7993EDEA

. Laws in some jurisdictions may restrictthe use of some of the applications andfeatures, such as social networking andtexting. Check local regulations for anyrequirements.

. Laws in some jurisdictions may restrictthe use of “Text-to-Speech.” Check localregulations before using this feature.

. Use the Infiniti Connection services afterstopping your vehicle in a safe location. Ifyou have to use the Infiniti Connectionservices while driving, exercise extremecaution at all times so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-7

Page 154: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(152,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

. If you are unable to devote full attentionto vehicle operation while talking withthe Infiniti Connection services, pull offthe road to a safe location and stop yourvehicle.

. Do not use the Infiniti Connectionservice with the engine or the hybridsystem stopped. Doing so may dis-charge the vehicle battery.

. The Infiniti Connection services cannotbe used under the following conditions:— Infiniti Connection subscription has ex-

pired.

— The vehicle is outside the area where thecellular network service is receivable.

— The vehicle is in a location with poorsignal reception such as tunnels, under-ground parking garages, behind build-ings or in mountainous areas.

— The line is busy.

— The TCU (Telematics CommunicationUnit) or other systems of your vehicleare not working properly.

— The Infiniti Connection services networksystem is disabled.

. Information Feeds download cannot beused when the vehicle is connected tothe Infiniti Connection Data Center andInfiniti Connection Response Center.

. Communication with the Infiniti Con-nection Data Center is related to thedata communication mode and maycause occasional difficulty in receivingsignals, and the signal receivable areamay be limited compared to regularmobile phones.

. You may hear clicks or experienceinterruptions while speaking with theInfiniti Connection Response Specia-lists. This is due to a shift in theconnection zone and is not a malfunc-tion.

. Depending on the line used, the soundvolume may decrease. Adjust the vo-lume as necessary.

. Received sounds may be distorted orambient noise may sound like voices ofa crowd. This is due to the use of thedigital line and is not a malfunction.

. You may hear your own voice from thespeaker when talking with the InfinitiConnection Response Specialists dueto a network disturbance. When this

occurs, reconnect the line after a fewminutes or at a different location.

. This vehicle incorporates a communica-tion device that is called a TCU (Tele-matics Communication Unit). Thecommunication connection betweenthis unit and the Infiniti ConnectionData Center allows for various services.When the system connects to theInfiniti Connection Data Center, anantenna icon will appear on the screen.Use the service in a location where thesymbol representing good signal recep-tion appears on the screen.

: When the signal reception isgood

: When the signal reception is bad

. The Infiniti Connection service uses theTCU (Telematics Communication Unit)for communications. Even if the signalstrength bar of the in-vehicle datacommunication module indicates goodreception, connection to the InfinitiConnection Data Center may be dis-abled. This does not indicate a mal-function. Operate the system againafter a few minutes.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-8

Page 155: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(153,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

BASIC OPERATIONWith the Infiniti Connection service, var-ious information can be received anddisplayed on the screen. The informationcan also be announced by the system.

1. Push <INFO>.

JNG0147M2. Highlight [Infiniti Connection] and push

<ENTER>.

JNG0149M3. Highlight the preferred item and push

<ENTER>.

Available items

. [All Information Feeds]:Displays a list of available informationfeeds.

“Viewing information feeds”(page 7-9)

. [Connect to Voice Menu]:Connects to the Infiniti ConnectionInteractive Voice Menu.

“Connecting to Interactive VoiceMenu” (page 7-11)

. [History]:Displays a list of Infiniti Connectioninformation that has been used.

“Viewing information feeds his-tory” (page 7-12)

. [Sync All Information Feeds]:Updates the All Information Feeds list.

“Updating All Information Feeds”(page 7-11)

VIEWING INFORMATION FEEDSContents of the various Infiniti Connectioninformation services can be downloaded.

Downloading information feeds1. Push <INFO>.

2. Highlight [Infiniti Connection] and push<ENTER>.

JNG0149M3. Highlight [All Information Feeds] and

push <ENTER>. A list screen is dis-played.

JNG0150M

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-9

Page 156: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(154,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

4. Highlight the preferred informationfeeds and push <ENTER>. An informa-tion feeds list is displayed. The contentis announced by the system (Text-to-Speech) while the vehicle is beingdriven, or if parked, you can read thecontent on the display.

INFO:

. Touch [Stop] during communication with theInfiniti Connection Data Center to cancel theconnection.

. A message is displayed when the commu-nication is disconnected while downloadinginformation due to a poor communicationstatus. Select [Yes] to restart the download.

. Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict theuse of “Text-to-Speech.” Check local regula-tions before using this feature.

. Some terminology such as personal names,place names, special terms, symbols, etc.may not be announced correctly. This is nota malfunction.

. The system will pause announcementswhen interrupted by the voice guidancegiven by the navigation system. When thevoice guidance finishes, the system will

restart the announcement.

. The selected content is read out while thevehicle is being driven, or if parked, you canread the content on the display.

. Content settings can be made using theInfiniti Connection website. For more de-tails, contact the Infiniti Connection supportline at 1-800-334-7858 (for U.S.) /1-855-892-7418 (for Canada) or refer to the InfinitiConnection website www.infiniticonnection.com (for U.S.)/https://canada.infiniticon-nection.com (for Canada).

Screen information:

When the information feeds downloadedfrom the Infiniti Connection Data Centerwhile the vehicle is stopped, the contentsof the information are displayed.

JNG0250X

*1 Contents:

The contents of Infiniti Connectionfeeds are displayed.

*2 [Menu]:

Displays the operation menu.

*3 [ ]/[ ]:

Turns to the next or previous page ifthe information has a number ofcontents page.

*4 Other information:

The current page number and numberof information items are displayed. Ifthere is location or telephone numberinformation, the indicated icon will bedisplayed.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-10

Page 157: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(155,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

JNG0251XAfter park the vehicle in a safe location orwhen highlight [Menu] and push <ENTER> ,the operation menu is displayed on theright side of the screen.

INFO:

The availability of the operation menu itemsdiffers depending on the contents of theselected information feeds.

UPDATING ALL INFORMATION FEEDS

JNG0161M

1. Push <INFO>.

2. Highlight [Infiniti Connection] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Sync All Information Feeds]and push <ENTER>.

4. The latest information is sent from theInfiniti Connection Response Centerand an updated list is displayed.

CONNECTING TO INTERACTIVEVOICE MENUVarious services to support your driving isavailable by answering Interactive VoiceMenu.

For more details, contact the Infiniti Con-nection support line at 1-800-334-7858(for U.S.) /1-855-892-7418 (for Canada) orrefer to the Infiniti Connection websitewww.infiniticonnection.com (for U.S.)/https://canada.infiniticonnection.com (forCanada).

1. Push <INFO>.

2. Highlight [Infiniti Connection] and push<ENTER>.

JNG0163M

3. Highlight [Connect to Voice Menu] andpush <ENTER>.

4. The system connects to the InfinitiConnection Response Center and menuoptions will be announced. Speak yourpreferred option.

. Destination AssistanceSet a destination using a InteractiveVoice Response (IVR) system.

. Roadside AssistanceConnect to the Roadside ResponseSpecialist.

. Valet AlertTurns on the Valet Alert function andmonitor the vehicle movement inand out of the certain scope.

. Personal AssistanceConnects to the Infiniti Connection

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-11

Page 158: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(156,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

Response Specialist.

JNG0187X

INFO:

. You can also connect to an Infiniti Connec-tion Interactive Voice Menu using the IVRsoft button *1 on the map.

INFO:

. After selecting [Connect to Voice Menu] andpushing <ENTER> button, it may take sometime until the system initiates connection,depending on the technical environmentand whether the TCU (Telematics Commu-nication Unit) is being used by otherservices.

. To avoid disconnecting the line, do not turnoff the engine or hybrid system.

. The Bluetooth® Hands-free phone system (ifso equipped) will be disabled and it will notbe possible to take phone calls while thevehicle is connected to the operators at theInfiniti Connection Response Center.

“Notice to Bluetooth® Hands-freephone users” (page 7-7)

VIEWING INFORMATION FEEDS HIS-TORYThe information feeds that were previouslyreferred to are displayed.

1. Push <INFO>.

2. Highlight [Infiniti Connection] and push<ENTER>.

JNG0164M

3. Highlight [History] and push <ENTER>.

JNG0165M

4. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.

JNG0166M5. A history list is displayed. Highlight the

preferred information feed.

DELETING INFINITI CONNECTIONHISTORY1. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-12

Page 159: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(157,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

JNG0168M3. Highlight [Infiniti Connection] and push

<ENTER>.

JNG0169M4. Highlight [Delete History Lists] and

push <ENTER>.

5. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.

Available items:

. [Delete Information Feed History]:Delete information feeds history.

. [Delete Voice Menu History]:Delete history of Interactive VoiceMenu.

. [Delete Both]:Delete all history of Infiniti Connec-tion

6. A confirmation message is displayed.Confirm the contents of the message,highlight [Yes] and push <ENTER>.

INITIALIZING ALL INFINITI CONNEC-TION SETTINGSAll Infiniti Connection settings are returnedto the default settings.

1. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

JNG0168M3. Highlight [Infiniti Connection] and push

<ENTER>.

JNG0174M4. Highlight [Reset All Infiniti Connection

Settings] and push <ENTER>. A confir-mation message is displayed.

JNG0175M5. Confirm the contents of message, high-

light [Yes] and push <ENTER>.

DISPLAYING UNIT ID INFORMATIONThe necessary information for user regis-tration is displayed.

1. Push <SETTING>.

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-13

Page 160: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(158,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

2. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

JNG0168M3. Highlight [Infiniti Connection] and

push<ENTER>.

JNG0176M4. Highlight [Unit ID Information] and

push <ENTER>.

JNG0177M5. The Unit ID, TCU (Telematics Commu-

nication Unit) ID, SIM ID and VINInformation necessary for user registra-tion is displayed.

VOLUME SETTINGThe Infiniti Connection Text-to-Speech andInfiniti Connection Response Specialistvolume can be set.

“Volume adjustment” (page 8-11)

EMERGENCY SUPPORTInfiniti Connection provides various ser-vices to support dealing with emergenciesof the subscribed vehicle and the driver.

For example, in case of an illness or seriousinjury, you can seek support by pushingthe in-vehicle <SOS> button and connect-ing to the Infiniti Connection ResponseCenter. The Infiniti Connection ResponseCenter can specify the location of the

vehicle via GPS, and the information willbe sent to the police or other agencies asneeded.

For information about other Infiniti Con-nection emergency support related ser-vices, contact the Infiniti Connectionsupport line at 1-800-334-7858 (for U.S.)/1-855-892-7418 (for Canada) or refer tothe Infiniti Connection website www.infini-ticonnection.com (for U.S.)/https://cana-da.infiniticonnection.com (for Canada).

WARNINGGUID-BA450A5A-1C21-4C29-B306-4BD13E19D061

. Please note that the Automatic CollisionNotification service and Emergency Callfunction cannot be used in the followingconditions:

— Infiniti Connection subscription hasexpired or was cancelled.

— The vehicle is outside the area wherethe cellular network service is receiva-ble.

— The vehicle is in a location with poorsignal reception such as tunnels, un-derground parking garages, behindbuildings or in mountainous areas.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-14

Page 161: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(159,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

— The line is busy.

— The TCU (Telematics Control Unit) orother systems of your vehicle are notworking properly.

— The Infiniti Connection services net-work system is disabled.

— It may not be possible to make anemergency call in all accidents oremergencies, or if you are in a locationwithout reception.

. Park the vehicle in a safe location and setthe parking brake before operating<SOS>.

. Only use this service in case of anemergency. There may be a penalty forinappropriate use of the service.

Making an emergency call

JNG0253X1. Push <SOS> *A .

2. When the line is connected, speak tothe Response Specialist.

INFO:

. After <SOS> is pushed, it may take sometime until the system initiates connection,depending on the technical environmentand whether the TCU (Telematics Commu-nication Unit) is being used by otherservices.

. An indicator light on <SOS> shows thereadiness of the emergency support system.If the indicator light is not illuminated,pushing <SOS> does not connect yourvehicle to the Response Specialist.The indicator light blinks while connected tothe Infiniti Connection Response Center.

. Even when the indicator light is illuminated,connection to the Infiniti Connection Re-sponse Center may not be possible. In suchcases contact with the police or otheragencies should be made using otherdevices such as telephones.

. To avoid disconnecting the line, do not turnoff the engine or hybrid system.

. The Bluetooth® Hands-free phone systemwill be disabled and it is not possible to takephone calls while the vehicle is connected tothe emergency support staff at the InfinitiConnection Response Center.

“Notice to Bluetooth® Hands-freephone users” (page 7-7)

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-15

Page 162: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(160,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

VIEWING INFORMATION ABOUT CUR-RENT VEHICLE LOCATION

This displays the information about thevehicle location on the route when drivingaccording to route guidance.

IIN0042

BASIC OPERATION1. Push <INFO>.

2. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.

3. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

Contents of vehicle location infor-mation

*1 Next Street:

Displays the next street on the route.

*2 Current Street:

Displays the current street on theroute.

*3 Previous Street:

Displays the previous street on theroute.

*4 Displays the distance to the nextintersection on the route.

*5 Displays the distance traveled from theprevious intersection on the route.

VIEWING AVAILABLE TRAFFIC INFORMA-TION

NavTraffic information is a subscriptionservice offered by SiriusXM Satellite Radio.

This service provides real-time informationregarding traffic flow, accidents, roadconstruction and other incidents, whereavailable.

NavTraffic combines information from com-mercial and public traffic data providersincluding government departments oftransportation, police, emergency ser-vices, road sensors, cameras and aircraftreports. The traffic information is broadcastto the vehicle by the SiriusXM satellites.Available traffic information on the routethe driver selected is shown on thenavigation screen so traffic conditionsbetween you and the destination areknown. Three types of real-time trafficinformation for major roadways are shownon the navigation system:

* Unscheduled traffic data for example,accidents and disabled vehicles.

* Scheduled traffic data, for example roadconstruction and road closures.

* Traffic flow information (rate of speed

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-16

Page 163: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(161,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

data).

WARNINGGUID-0D7AEC02-62FF-416C-89A0-968695B209B8

NavTraffic information is not a substitute forattentive driving. Traffic conditions changeconstantly and emergency situations canarise without warning. Relying only onNavTraffic information may lead to a collisionand could result in serious personal injury.

NOTE:

Flow information is provided only for roadsequipped with traffic sensors and is notavailable in all markets covered by the service.Flow data may not be available on portions of aroad that is under construction.NavTraffic information is available in lim-ited markets. To subscribe or to check ifthis service is available in the area:

call 1-866-635-2349 or see www.siriusxm.com/navtraffic

INFO:

If a contract is not completed for NavTraffictraffic information service, a message appears,and it will not be possible to check theinformation on the traffic information system.

JNG0183X

BASIC OPERATION1. Push <INFO>.

2. Highlight [Traffic Info] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight the preferred information andpush <ENTER>.

4. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen.

Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

Available items

. [Info on Route]:Displays the list of traffic informationfound on the recommended route fromthe current vehicle location to thedestination.

. [Nearby Traffic Info]:Displays the list of traffic information

around the current vehicle location.

INFO ON ROUTEThis is only available when a route is set.

The list of traffic information found on therecommended route from the current ve-hicle location to the destination is dis-played. The detailed information aboutdisplayed events can also be checked.

IIN00441. Highlight [Info on Route] and push

<ENTER>. A list screen is displayed.

IIN0045

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-17

Page 164: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(162,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

2. Highlight the event to check the de-tailed information, and push <ENTER>.

IIN00463. The map screen centered around the

selected event is displayed. On the leftscreen, the detailed information aboutthe event is displayed.

The message can be scrolled using theINFINITI controller or the steeringwheel.

4. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen.

NEARBY TRAFFIC INFO.The list of available traffic informationaround the current vehicle location isdisplayed.

IIN00471. Highlight [Nearby Traffic Info] and push

<ENTER>. A list screen is displayed.

IIN00482. Highlight the event to check the de-

tailed information for and push<ENTER>.

IIN00493. The map screen centered around the

selected event is displayed. On the leftscreen, the detailed information aboutthe event is displayed. The messagecan be scrolled using the INFINITIcontroller or the steering wheel.

4. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen.

DISPLAY URGENT TRAFFIC INFOR-MATIONWhen an urgent event is found around thecurrent vehicle location, a message popsup automatically with a voice announce-ment.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-18

Page 165: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(163,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IIN0050The message includes the icon, event type,event information and the direct distancefrom the current location to the event.

INFO:

. Urgent traffic information is displayed re-gardless of whether the traffic informationsystem is on or off.

. When there are multiple urgent events, theevent with the shortest direct distance fromthe current location is displayed.

. If the urgent event is on the recommendedroute, and if a detour is found, the detourroute notification screen is displayed whenthe vehicle approaches the detour point.

TRAFFIC INFORMATION ON MAPWith subscription to NavTraffic service,traffic information is displayed on bothPlan View and BirdviewTM map screen.

“Notes on NavTraffic information”(page 10-14)

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-19

Page 166: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(164,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

Screen information

JNG0185X

*1 Road conditionsFree Flow: (Green)Moderate traffic: (Yellow)Heavy traffic: (Red)Section affected by serious traffic event:

(Purple)

*2 Estimated travel time to destination calcu-lated with consideration of traffic informa-tion on route.

*3 Traffic information icon:If the route is not already set, all of thetraffic information icons on the map screenare displayed in color. When the route isalready set, the icons on the route aredisplayed in color, and the icons outsidethe route are displayed in gray.

: Accident

: Closed road

: Information

: Road work

: Slippery road

: Weather

: Incident

*4 Traffic indicator:Displays the reception condition of trafficinformation transmitted from the provider.Green: Reception condition is good.Gray: Reception condition is not good.No mark: Subscription to NavTraffic serviceis not detected.

Traffic information display andscale levels

2D map and Birdview Map

5 miles 10 km2 miles 4 km

1 mile 2 km

1/2 mile 1 km

1/4 mile 500 m

1/8 mile 200 m

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-20

Page 167: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(165,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

1/16 mile 100 m

1/32 mile 50 m

1/64 mile 25 m

Checking detailed information fortraffic information icons on map

IIN00521. Place the cross pointer over the traffic

information icon. The general descrip-tion of the icon is displayed.

2. Push <ENTER> or touch [Detail]. Thescreen for showing the detailed infor-mation for the traffic information icon isdisplayed.

IIN00533. The map screen centered around the

selected event is displayed. On the leftscreen, the detailed information aboutthe event is displayed. You can scrollthe message by using the INFINITIcontroller or the steering wheel.

4. Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

TRAFFIC INFORMATION SETTINGSThis displays or changes the settings forthe traffic information related functions.

IIN0054

1. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Traffic Info Settings] andpush <ENTER>.

IIN00554. Highlight the preferred setting and

push <ENTER>. The indicator for theselected setting illuminates.

Available setting items

. Use Traffic Info.:Enables all traffic information relatedfunctions.

. Show Incidents on Map:Displays the traffic incidents (e.g.,accident) on the map screen.

. Show Traffic Flow on Map:Displays the traffic flow with an arrowon the map screen.

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-21

Page 168: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(166,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

. Blink Red Traffic Flow:Blinks the red traffic flow lines thatrepresent congestions.

. Traffic Announcements:Announces the traffic information eventon the route.

INFO:

. Even when “Show Traffic Flow on Map” and“Show Incidents on Map” are set to off, thelist display of “Info on Route” and “NearbyTraffic Info” will not be affected.

. Even when “Traffic Announcement” is set tooff, the route guidance will not be affected.Also, the announcement of emergencyinformation and weather information willnot be turned off.

Voice command

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

To turn on or off the traffic informationsystem:

“Information” “Traffic Information”

(Standard Mode)

“Traffic Information” (Alternate Com-mand Mode)

VIEWING AVAILABLE WEATHER INFOR-MATION

NavWeather information is a subscriptionservice offered by SiriusXM Satellite Radio.

This service provides real-time informationregarding current weather, temperature,warnings, road conditions and forecastswhere available. The weather informationis broadcast to the vehicle by the SiriusXMSatellite Radio.

The service enables you to view thefollowing information on the navigationsystem:

*Current weather information icon of thedestination on the screen of suggestedroute

*Detailed weather information and fore-casts of an area of interest

*Countrywide and local maps with thecurrent weather, temperature, warningsand road condition information

*List of warning/watches events detectedaround the current location

*Pop-up messages on the navigationscreen with voice announcements whenwarnings and watches are detected aroundthe current location

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-22

Page 169: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(167,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

WARNINGGUID-BD315167-249E-4B86-8E38-351CD04B1F27

NavWeather information is not a substitutefor attentive driving. Weather conditionschange constantly and emergency situationscan arise without warning. Relying only onNavWeather information could result in ser-ious personal injury.

NavWeather information is available inlimited markets. To subscribe to or checkif this service is available in the area, call1-866-635-2349 or access www.siriusxm.com/navweather.

INFO:

. If a contract is not completed for theNavWeather information service, a messageappears and it will not be possible to checkthe information on the traffic informationsystem.

. The weather information is available only forareas that provide weather information toNavWeather.

IIN0056

INFO:

The reception condition of the SiriusXM Weatherinformation transmitted from the provider canbe confirmed using the “Weather” indicator onthe upper right side of the screen.Green: The reception condition is good.Gray: The reception condition is not good.No mark: A subscription to the NavWeatherservice is not detected.

DISPLAYING WEATHER INFORMA-TION SCREEN

JNG0186X

Basic Operation1. Push <INFO>.

2. Highlight [Weather Info] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight the preferred information andpush <ENTER>.

4. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

Available items

. Current Weather and Forecasts:Displays current weather informationand three-day forecasts.

. Warnings and Watches History:Displays a list of warnings and watchesrecently detected around the current

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-23

Page 170: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(168,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

location.

. Weather Map:Displays the current weather map forthe preferred area.

. Temperature Map:Displays the current temperature mapfor the preferred area.

. Warnings Map:Displays the current watches/warningsmap for the preferred area.

. Road Condition Map:Displays the current road conditionmap for the preferred area.

Selecting cityWhen displaying various weather informa-tion screens by pushing <INFO>, the rangecan be specified for the weather informa-tion from among the current location(local), destination, countrywide (nation)or a specified city.

The city can be specified by selecting onefrom the list that is displayed.

JNG0186X1. Push <INFO>.

2. Highlight [Weather Info] and push<ENTER>.

IIN00603. Highlight the preferred information and

push <ENTER>.

IIN00904. Highlight [Select Other City from Menu]

and push <ENTER>.

IIN00585. Highlight the preferred state from the

list and push <ENTER>.

IIN0059

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-24

Page 171: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(169,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

6. Highlight the preferred city from the listand push <ENTER>.

INFO:

[Select Other City from Menu] is not availablewhile driving.

Current weather and forecastsThe current weather information and athree-day forecast can be displayed forthe current location, the destination or thepreferred city.

IIN00601. Highlight [Current Weather and Fore-

casts] and push <ENTER>.

IIN00612. Highlight the preferred area and push

<ENTER>.

INFO:

. [Weather Info on Destination] is notavailable unless a destination is set forthe route guidance.

. When a destination is not set, nearbyweather information is displayed.

IIN0062

3. A weather information screen is dis-played. Highlight [Forecast] and push<ENTER>.

IIN00634. The forecast screen is displayed. A

three-day forecast can be confirmedfor the preferred area.

5. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

Voice command

1. Push <TALK > located on the steeringwheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

To display the list for weather informa-tion:

“Weather Information” (Alternate Com-mand Mode)

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-25

Page 172: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(170,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

Warnings and watches historyA list can be displayed for the warning/watch events detected around the currentlocation. The detailed information of eachevent can also be displayed.

IIN00641. Highlight [Warnings and Watches His-

tory] and push <ENTER>. A list warning/watch events around the current loca-tion is displayed.

IIN00652. Highlight the event to check the de-

tailed information and push <ENTER>.

IIN00663. A screen with detailed information of

the event is displayed.

4. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

Weather MapThe current weather map can be confirmedfor the current location, the destination,the entire country or the preferred city.

IIN0067

1. Highlight [Weather Map] and push<ENTER>

IIN00682. Highlight the preferred map area push

<ENTER>

INFO:

[Destination Map] is not available unless adestination is set for the route guidance.

IIN0069

3. A weather map is displayed. The weath-er and precipitation level are shown bycolors.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-26

Page 173: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(171,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

4. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

IIN0070

INFO:

Touch [Legend] to display the map legend.

Voice command

1. Push <TALK> located on the steeringwheel.

2. After the tone sounds, speak a com-mand.

To display the list for weather map:“Weather Map” (Alternate CommandMode)

Temperature MapThe current temperature map can beconfirmed for the current location, thedestination, the entire country or thepreferred city.

IIN00711. Highlight [Temperature Map] and push

<ENTER>.

IIN00722. Highlight the preferred map area and

push <ENTER>.

INFO:

. [Destination Map] is not available unlessa destination is set for the routeguidance.

. When a destination is not set, a nearbyweather map is displayed.

IIN00733. A temperature map is displayed. The

temperature information is shown bynumbers and colors.

4. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-27

Page 174: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(172,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

IIN0074

INFO:

Touch [Legend] to display the map legend.

Warnings MapThe current warning/watch information canbe confirmed for the current location, thedestination, the entire country or thepreferred city.

IIN00751. Highlight [Warnings Map] and push

<ENTER>.

IIN00762. Highlight the preferred map area and

push <ENTER>.

INFO:

[Destination Map] is not available unless adestination is set for the route guidance.

IIN00773. A warning/watch map is displayed.

Warning and watch information isshown by colors.

4. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to the

current location map screen.

IIN0078

INFO:

Touch [Legend] to display the map legend.

Road Condition MapThe current road condition can be con-firmed for the current location, the destina-tion, the entire country or the preferredcity.

IIN0079

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-28

Page 175: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(173,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

1. Highlight [Road Condition Map] andpush <ENTER>.

IIN00802. Highlight the preferred map area and

push <ENTER>.

INFO:

[Destination Map] is not available unless adestination is set for the route guidance.

IIN00813. A road condition map is displayed. The

road conditions are shown by colors.

4. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

IIN0082

INFO:

Touch [Legend] to display the map legend.

DESTINATION WEATHER ON SUG-GESTED ROUTE SCREEN

IIN0083On the screen of the suggested route aftersetting a destination, the current weatherinformation around the destination is

displayed via icons.

Weather information icons

ClearMostly Clear

/

Partly Cloudy/

Mostly Cloudy/

Cloudy

Haze

Fog

Rain, Light Rain

HailHeavy Rain

Freezing Rain/Ice

SnowHeavy Snow

Dust/SandSmoke/Ash

Thunderstorm

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-29

Page 176: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(174,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

Tornado/FunnelCloud

AUTOMATICALLY DISPLAY WARN-INGS/WATCHESWhen an urgent warning/watch is detectedaround the current vehicle location, amessage pops up automatically with avoice announcement.

IIN0084The message includes the weather iconand text describing the event.

INFO:

. The pop-up messages and announcementscan be set to on or off.

“Weather information settings”(page 7-30)

. If multiple warning/watch events are de-tected, they will be displayed in order

starting with the one having the shortestlinear distance from the vehicle.

Weather information settingsThe settings can be confirmed and changedfor the urgent weather information relatedfunctions.

IIN00851. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Weather Info Setting] andpush <ENTER>.

4. Highlight the preferred setting andpush <ENTER>. The indicator for thesetting illuminates.

Available setting items

. Display an Alert for Weather Warnings:Displays a message screen automati-cally when the system detects urgentwarning information.

. Display an Alert for Weather Watches:Displays a message screen automati-cally when the system detects urgentwatch information.

. Voice Announcements:Provides urgent information announce-ments for warnings and watchesaround the current location.

Types of warnings/watches

Category Warnings/Watches

Tornado Tornado Watch, Tornado

Hurricane Inland Hurricane Wind, HurricaneForce Wind, Hurricane, Typhoon

Storm Severe Thunderstorm Watch, SevereThunderstorm, Storm, TropicalStorm, Inland Tropical Storm, DustStorm

Flood Flood Watch, Flash Flood, CoastalFlood, Lakeshore Flood, High Surf,Flood

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-30

Page 177: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(175,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Category Warnings/Watches

Winter Winter Watch, Heavy Snow, HeavySleet, Lake Effect Snow, Freeze,Heavy Freezing Spray, Blizzard, IceStorm, Winter Storm

Wind Wind Watch, High Wind, Wind Chill,Gale

Extremes Excessive Heat

Other Red Flag, Tsunami, Avalanche, Spe-cial Marine, Earthquake, Law Enfor-cement, Hazardous Materials,Nuclear Power Plant, RadiologicalHazard, Civil Danger, Fire, Shelter inPlace, Volcano, Other Watches,Other Warnings

INFO:

. The “Other Watches” category in the“Other” category includes Inland HurricaneWatch, Hurricane Watch, Typhoon Watch,Tropical Storm Watch, Inland Tropical StormWatch and Fire Weather Watch.

. The “Other Warnings” category in the“Other” category includes Dense Fog Warn-ing, Freezing Fog Warning, Extreme ColdWarning, Frost Warning, Hydrologic Warn-ing, Ashfall Warning, Air Stagnation Warn-ing, Low Water Warning, Ice Accretion

Warning, Dense Smoke Warning, DenseSmoke Advisory, Freezing Fog Advisory,Dense Fog Advisory, Ashfall Advisory andAir Stagnation Advisory.

MAP UPDATE

The map database of the navigationsystem can be updated.

1. Push <INFO>.

IIN00862. Highlight [Map Update] and push

<ENTER>.

3. To update the map data, insert the mapupdate DVD-ROMs.

IIN00874. Highlight [DVD Update] and push

<ENTER>.

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-31

Page 178: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(176,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

For the procedure of the map update,refer to the manual of the updated DVD-ROMs.

INFO:

. Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual for thelocation of the DVD slot.

. Do not eject the DVD-ROMs while updatingthe map data. Doing so will result in anincomplete update.

. Multiple DVD-ROMs are required to fullyupdate the system. In addition, a DigitalRights Management (DRM) activation codeis required to complete the installation. Topurchase a map update and DRM code,contact the INFINITI NAVIGATION SYSTEMHELPDESK. See the contact information onthe inside front cover of this manual.You willneed your Unit ID in order to purchase a mapupdate.

NOTE:

In handling the DVD-ROM, be careful on thefollowing points.. Do not try to bend the DVD-ROM. Do not use

any disk that is bent or cracked.

. Do not use any benzine, thinner, or anti-static spray on them.

. Do not put on any sticker or write anythingon either surface.

. If you need to clean it, do so with a softcloth by wiping from the centre outward.

. Do not use a DVD Laser Lens Cleaners asthey may cause the DVD player to malfunc-tion.

VIEWING NAVIGATION SYSTEM VERSIONINFORMATION

This displays the map version information.

IIN0088

BASIC OPERATION1. Push <INFO>.

2. Highlight [Navigation Version] andpush <ENTER>.

3. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-32

Page 179: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(177,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

VIEWING GPS CURRENT LOCATION IN-FORMATION

This displays GPS information, such as thepositioning status, latitude/longitude, alti-tude and satellite locations.

IIN0089

BASIC OPERATION1. Push <INFO>

2. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

3. Highlight [GPS Position] and push<ENTER>.

4. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

Contents of GPS information

*1 GPS Reception:

Displays the GPS positioning method.

3-dimension Calculating the latitude, longi-tude and altitude by four or moresatellites.

2-dimension Calculating the latitude, longi-tude and altitude by three ormore satellites.

Out of range Cannot calculate because no GPSsatellites can be located.

*2 Latitude:

Displays the latitude.

*3 Longitude:

Displays the longitude.

*4 Approx Altitude:

Displays the approximate altitude.

*5 Positioning status:

(green)Satellites are available.

(gray)Satellites are being searched for.

7. Viewing technical information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-33

Page 180: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(178,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

7. Viewing technical information

MEMO

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

7-34

Page 181: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(179,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

8 Other settings

Settings screen ...................................................... 8-2Basic operation .................................................. 8-2

Display settings ..................................................... 8-3Basic operation .................................................. 8-3Display adjustment ............................................ 8-3Setting color theme ............................................ 8-5

Navigation setting .................................................. 8-5Basic operation .................................................. 8-5Speed limit indication on map ............................ 8-6Other navigation settings ................................... 8-7

Delete stored items ........................................ 8-10Reset all navigation settings to default ........... 8-10

Volume adjustment .............................................. 8-11Basic operation .............................................. 8-11

Clock settings ...................................................... 8-12Basic operation .............................................. 8-12

Language and unit settings .................................. 8-13Language settings .......................................... 8-13Unit settings ................................................... 8-14

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

Page 182: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(180,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

8. Other settings

SETTINGS SCREEN

The navigation system can be customizedto make it easier for you to use.

ISE0059

BASIC OPERATION1. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight the preferred setting item andpush <ENTER>.

Available setting items

. [Navigation]:Adjust various settings of the naviga-tion system.

“Navigation setting” (page 8-5)

. [Audio]:Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

. [Phone]:Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

. [Bluetooth]:Set Bluetooth® Audio and Phone.Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

. [Volume & Beeps]:“Volume adjustment” (page 8-11)

. [Rear Display] (if so equipped):Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

. [ECO DRIVE] (if so equipped):Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

. [Driver Assistance] (if so equipped):Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

. [Others]:— [Display]:

“Display settings” (page 8-3)

— [Comfort]:This item is displayed when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

— [Language & Units]:“Language and unit settings”(page 8-13)

— [Clock]:“Clock settings” (page 8-12)

— [Voice Recognition]:“System feedback announcement

modes” (page 9-14)

— [Infiniti Connection] (if so equipped):“Infiniti ConnectionTM” (page 7-3)

— [Camera] (if so equipped):Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

— [Sonar] (if so equipped):Adjust the parking sonar detectionsensitivity, etc.Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

— [Image Viewer]:Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual.

INFO:

Designs and items displayed on the screen mayvary depending on the models and/or equip-ments.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

8-2

Page 183: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(181,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

DISPLAY SETTINGS

This menu turns on and off the display,adjusts the image quality of the navigationscreen and changes the color of the menuscreen.

BASIC OPERATION

ISE00521. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Display] and push <ENTER>.

3. Highlight the preferred adjustmentitem and push <ENTER>.

INFO:

If a rear display is equipped, it is possible toselect [Display] after pushing <SETTING>, high-lighting [Others] and then pushing <ENTER>.

Available setting items. [Display Adjustment]

Turn on and off the display and adjust theimage quality of the navigation screen.

. [Color Theme]Set the color of the menu screen.

DISPLAY ADJUSTMENTThis menu turns on and off the display andadjusts the image quality of the navigationscreen.

Basic operation

ISE00531. Highlight [Display Adjustment] and

push <ENTER>.

2. Highlight the preferred adjustmentitem and push <ENTER>.

3. Use the INFINITI controller to adjust tothe preferred setting.

4. After setting, push <ENTER> or <BACK>to apply the setting.

5. Highlight <BACK> to return to theprevious screen. Push <MAP> to returnto the current location map screen.

Available setting items

. [Display]:Turn on or off the screen.

“Display” (page 8-4)

. [Brightness]:Adjust the screen brightness.

“Brightness” (page 8-4)

. [Contrast]:Adjust the screen contrast.

“Contrast” (page 8-4)

. [Background Color]:Set the background color.

“Background color” (page 8-4)

8. Other settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

8-3

Page 184: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(182,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

8. Other settings

Display

ISE0053To turn off the display, push <ENTER>.

The display can also be turned off bypushing and holding <DAY/NIGHT OFF> formore than 2 seconds.

ISE0054When any button is pushed with thedisplay off, the display turns on. Thedisplay will automatically turn off whenthere is no switch operation for 5 seconds.To turn on the display, push <DAY/NIGHTOFF>.

Brightness

ISE0055Adjust the display brightness by rotatingthe center dial in the [+] or [−] direction onthe INFINITI controller.

Contrast

ISE0056Adjust the display contrast by rotating thecenter dial in the [+] or [−] direction on theINFINITI controller.

Background color

ISE0057Select to toggle between the day screenand night screen.

ISE0058Day screen

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

8-4

Page 185: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(183,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

ISE0060Night screen

INFO:

The background color setting can also bechanged using the <DAY/NIGHT OFF>.

SETTING COLOR THEME

ISE00611. Highlight [Color Theme] and push

<ENTER>.

ISE00622. Highlight the preferred menu color and

push <ENTER>.

NAVIGATION SETTING

The navigation system can be customizedto your preferences.

BASIC OPERATION

ISE00631. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight the preferred setting item andpush <ENTER>.

Available setting items

. [Address Book]:Store locations and routes, and edit thestored items.

“Storing location” (page 6-2)

. [Map View]:Set the display method and the direc-tion of the map.

8. Other settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

8-5

Page 186: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(184,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

8. Other settings

“Changing map view” (page 3-11)

. [Map Icons]:Set the map icons to display on themap.

“Displaying map icons”(page 3-18)

. [Guidance Settings]:Set the various functions for the routeguidance.

“Guidance settings” (page 5-21)

. [Route Settings]:Change the routing preferences.

“Detailed route settings”(page 5-26)

. [Traffic Info Settings]:Set the various functions of the Nav-Traffic information system.

“Traffic information settings”(page 7-21)

. [Weather Info Setting]:Set the functions of the NavWeatherinformation system.

“Weather information settings”(page 7-30)

. [Speed Limit Info]:Display speed limit information.

“Speed limit indication on map”(page 8-6)

. [Others]:Display other setting items.

“Other navigation settings”(page 8-7)

. [Delete Stored Information]:Delete stored locations and the homesetting in the Address Book.

“Delete stored items” (page 8-10)

. [Delete Connected Search History] (if soequipped):Delete all connected search histories.

“Delete stored items” (page 8-10)

. [Delete All Previous Destinations]:Delete all previous destinations.

“Delete stored items” (page 8-10)

. [Delete Previous Starting Point]:Delete all previous starting points.

“Delete stored items” (page 8-10)

. [Reset All Navigation Settings to De-fault]:Reset all of the settings to default.

“Reset all navigation settings todefault” (page 8-10)

SPEED LIMIT INDICATION ON MAPTurn the [Speed Limit Info] display on oroff. The indicator light illuminates when thespeed limit display function is set to on.

ISE00641. Highlight [Speed Limit Info] and push

<ENTER>.

ISE00652. Highlight [Speed Limit Indication on

Map] to toggle the function between onand off. The indicator light illuminateswhen the speed limit display function isset to on.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

8-6

Page 187: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(185,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

OTHER NAVIGATION SETTINGS

ISE0066

Basic Operation1. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Navigation] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

4. Highlight the preferred setting item andpush <ENTER>.

Available setting items

. [Audio Display on Map]:Allows the audio information to bedisplayed at all times.

“Displaying audio information onmap screen” (page 8-7)

. [Small Step Zoom by Dial]:Sets the free zoom function on or off.When this setting is on, it is possible toadjust the scale in smaller steps than

with normal scale adjustment.

. [Map Scrolling Information]:Sets the system so that when the mapscrolls the information about the loca-tion aligned at the center of the crosspointer is displayed.

“Map scrolling information”(page 3-19)

. [Customize Nearby Places]:Set the category of frequently visitedlandmarks.

“Customizing Nearby Places”(page 8-8)

. [Keyboard Type]:Switches the keyboard layout for thecharacter input screen.

“Settings keyboard layout of char-acter input screen” (page 8-8)

. [North Up when Zoom Out]:When this setting is ON, the orientationof the map is automatically changed toNorth Up when the widest map scale isselected. The orientation is changed toNorth Up even when Heading Up is set.

. [Adjust Current Location]:Corrects the position of the currentlocation.

“Adjusting current vehicle loca-tion” (page 8-9)

Displaying audio information onmap screenThe operating status of audio functions canbe displayed on the map screen.

ISE00671. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

2. Highlight [Audio Display on Map] andpush <ENTER>. The indicator illuminateswhen the item is set.

3. Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

8. Other settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

8-7

Page 188: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(186,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

8. Other settings

ISE00684. On the bottom of the map screen, the

operating status of an audio/visualfunction is displayed at all times.

Customizing Nearby PlacesThe categories can be customized forsearching places of interest nearby.

The modified list of places of interest canbe used for searching for a location using[Places].

“Searching for destinations”(page 2-21)

ISE0069

1. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

2. Highlight [Customize Nearby Places]and push <ENTER>.

ISE00703. Highlight the preferred item and push

<ENTER>. The main category list isdisplayed.

ISE00714. Highlight a main category and push

<ENTER>. The sub category list isdisplayed. Highlight [Category Search]and push <ENTER>. The preferred cate-gory can also be input directly.

ISE00725. Highlight a sub category and push

<ENTER>. The category setting is mod-ified.

6. Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

Settings keyboard layout of char-acter input screenDepending on the user’s preference for thekeyboard layout of character input screen,the ABC layout or QWERTY layout can beselected.

Example: Switching to the QWERTY layout

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

8-8

Page 189: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(187,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

ISE00731. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

2. Highlight [Keyboard Type] and push<ENTER>.

ISE00743. Highlight [QWERTY] and push <ENTER>.

The indicator illuminates when the itemis set.

4. Push <MAP> to return to the currentlocation map screen.

ISE0075ABC layout

ISE0076QWERTY layout

Adjusting current vehicle locationIf the vehicle icon indicating the currentvehicle location is not in the correctposition, the location of the vehicle iconon the map screen can be adjusted.

INFO:

. Regardless of the map view setting, the mapis displayed in Plan View when adjusting theposition of the vehicle icon.

. When correcting the position of the vehicleicon, the map is automatically displayed inthe North Up mode. After finishing thecorrection, the map restores the currentorientation setting.

. The position and direction of the vehicleicon may be misaligned depending on theexternal conditions and environment.

. If the vehicle icon is misaligned, drive for awhile in a location where the GPS signalscan be received. This may correct theposition of the vehicle icon.

“Vehicle icon” (page 11-4)

ISE00771. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

2. Highlight [Adjust Current Location] andpush <ENTER>. The current location mapscreen is displayed.

8. Other settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

8-9

Page 190: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(188,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

8. Other settings

ISE00783. Adjust the position of the vehicle icon.

After adjusting the position of thevehicle icon, push <ENTER>.

ISE00794. Adjust the direction of the vehicle icon.

After adjusting the direction of thevehicle icon, push <ENTER>.

ISE00805. A message is displayed, and the

adjusted vehicle location is stored.

DELETE STORED ITEMSDelete stored item from setting screen.

Basic Operation

JNH0110X1. Highlight [Navigation] and push

<ENTER>.

2. Highlight the preferred item that youwant to delete and push <ENTER>.

Available items

. [Deletes Stored Items]:Delete the stored location and home.

. [Deletes Connected Search History] (ifso equipped):Delete the Infiniti ConnectionTM searchhistory.

. [Delete All Previous Destinations]:Delete all previous destinations.

. [Delete Previous Start Point]:Delete all previous start point.

RESET ALL NAVIGATION SETTINGSTO DEFAULTThis restores various settings (display,volume level, etc.) to the default settings.

INFO:

The memory contents, such as the storedlocations, will not be deleted.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

8-10

Page 191: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(189,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

ISE00821. Highlight [Navigation] and push

<ENTER>.

2. Highlight [Reset All Navigation Settingsto Default] and push <ENTER>.

ISE00833. A confirmation message is displayed.

Confirm the contents of the message,highlight [Yes] and push <ENTER>.

VOLUME ADJUSTMENT

This turns on and off, as well as adjusts,the phone function (ringer, incoming andoutgoing volume), the voice guide function,Infiniti Connection function (if so equipped)and the beep function.

BASIC OPERATION

ISE00841. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Volume & Beeps] and push<ENTER>.

3. Highlight the preferred adjustmentitem and push <ENTER>.

4. Use the INFINITI controller to adjust thevolume. Push <ENTER> to set to on oroff.

5. After setting, push <ENTER> or <BACK>to apply the setting.

6. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

Available setting items

. [Audio Volume]:Adjust the volume level of the audiosystem using the INFINITI controller inthe direction of [+] or [−].

. [Guidance Volume]:Adjust the volume level of voice gui-dance using the INFINITI controller inthe direction of [+] or [−].

. [Ringtone]:Adjust the volume level of the ringtoneusing the INFINITI controller in thedirection of [+] or [−].

. [Incoming Call]:Adjust the incoming call volume usingthe INFINITI controller in the direction of[+] or [−].

. [Outgoing Call]:Adjust the outgoing call volume usingthe INFINITI controller in the direction of[+] or [−].

. [Infiniti Connection] (if so equipped):Adjust the Infiniti Connection volume

8. Other settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

8-11

Page 192: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(190,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

8. Other settings

using the INFINITI controller in thedirection of [+] or [−].

. [Switch Beeps]:Select to toggle the beep functionbetween on and off. The indicator lightilluminates when the beep function isset to on. The beep sounds whenpushing and holding a button or whena prohibited operation is performed.

. [Guidance Voice]:Select to toggle the voice guidancefunction between on and off. Theindicator light illuminates when thevoice guidance function is set to on.

INFO:

For more details about [Ringtone], [IncomingCall] and [Outgoing Call], refer to the vehicleOwner’s Manual.

CLOCK SETTINGS

This changes the clock settings.

BASIC OPERATION

ISE00851. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Clock] and push <ENTER>.

3. Highlight the preferred adjustmentitem and push <ENTER>.

4. Use the INFINITI controller to adjust tothe preferred setting. Push <ENTER> toset on or off.

5. After setting, push <ENTER> or <BACK>to apply the setting.

6. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

Available setting items

. [On-screen Clock]:Select to toggle the clock displaylocated in the top right corner of thedisplay between on and off. The in-dicator light illuminates when the clockdisplay is set to on.

. [Clock Format (24h)]:Select the clock format between 12-hour and 24-hour times. The indicatorlight illuminates when the clock is setto the 24-hour format.

. [Offset (hour)]:Use the INFINITI controller or the centerdial to adjust the offset value (between−12 and +12).

. [Offset (min)]:Use the INFINITI controller or the centerdial to adjust the offset value (between−59 and +59).

. [Daylight Savings Time]:Select to toggle the daylight savingstime setting between on and off. Theindicator light illuminates when thedaylight savings time setting is set toon.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

8-12

Page 193: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(191,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

. [Time Zone]:Select an appropriate time zone fromthe list that appears when this item ishighlighted.— Pacific

— Mountain

— Central

— Eastern

— Atlantic

— Newfoundland

— Hawaii

— Alaska

LANGUAGE AND UNIT SETTINGS

This changes the language and measure-ment unit used in the system.

LANGUAGE SETTINGS

ISE00861. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Language & Units] and push<ENTER>.

ISE0087

4. Highlight [Select Language] and push<ENTER>.

ISE00885. Highlight the preferred setting item and

push <ENTER>. The indicator light of theselected item illuminates.

Available languages

. [English]

. [Français]

. [Español]

NOTE:

Do not change the ignition switch positionwhile changing the language. Doing so maycause a system malfunction.

8. Other settings

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

8-13

Page 194: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(192,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

8. Other settings

UNIT SETTINGS

ISE00861. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Language & Units] and push<ENTER>.

ISE00894. Highlight [Select Units] and push

<ENTER>.

ISE00905. Highlight the preferred unit and push

<ENTER>. The indicator of the selectedunit illuminates.

Available units

. US:mile, MPH, 8F, MPG

. Metric:km, km/h, 8C, L/100 km

6. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

INFO:

. [Select Units] and/or [Select Units (TirePressure)] may be displayed depending onthe vehicle model and equipment. Refer tothe vehicle Owner’s Manual.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

8-14

Page 195: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(193,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

9 Voice recognition

INFINITI Voice Recognition ...................................... 9-2Standard mode ...................................................... 9-2

Confirming how to use voice commands ............. 9-2Using voice recognition system .......................... 9-4Before starting ................................................... 9-4Giving voice commands ...................................... 9-4Voice command examples .................................. 9-5

Alternate command mode ....................................... 9-9Displaying how to operate voicerecognition system ............................................. 9-9

Confirming how to use voice commands ......... 9-10Using voice recognition system ...................... 9-13Before starting ............................................... 9-13Giving voice commands .................................. 9-13System feedback announcement modes ......... 9-14Setting alternate command mode ................... 9-14Speaker adaptation ........................................ 9-15Voice command examples .............................. 9-17

Command lists (Standard mode) .......................... 9-20Command Lists (Alternate command mode) .......... 9-23

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

Page 196: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(194,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

9. Voice recognition

INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION

INFINITI Voice Recognition allows hands-free operation of the navigation systemand other systems equipped on thisvehicle, in one of two modes, StandardMode or Alternate Command Mode. Stan-dard Mode allows the operation of Naviga-tion, Phone, Audio, Information and Help.

The commands that are available arealways shown on the display and an-nounced by the system. To perform opera-tions, simply follow the prompts given bythe system. In Standard Mode, hands-freeoperation of Change map view, Routeselection and Bluetooth Audio, etc. is notavailable through Voice Recognition.

Alternate Command Mode allows advancedoperations. When this mode is active, anexpanded list of commands can be spokenafter pushing <TALK >, and the voicecommand menu prompts are turned off.Note that in this mode the recognitionsuccess rate may be affected because thenumber of available commands and waysof speaking each command are increased.Otherwise, it is recommended that Alter-nate Command Mode be turned OFF andStandard Mode be used for the best

recognition performance.“Alternate command mode”(page 9-9)

INFO:

. For U.S. customers, Standard Mode isselected by default. For Canadian custo-mers, Alternate Command Mode is thedefault mode.

. To improve recognition success when Alter-nate Command Mode is active, try using theSpeaker Adaptation function available inthat mode.

“Speaker adaptation” (page 9-15)Otherwise, it is recommended that AlternateCommand Mode be turned OFF and Stan-dard Mode be used for the best recognitionperformance.

. For the voice commands for the audio,phone and other systems, refer to thevehicle Owner’s Manual. The following sec-tions refer only to the navigation, phone andinformation systems.

STANDARD MODE

CONFIRMING HOW TO USE VOICECOMMANDSWhen operating the voice recognitionsystem for the first time or if help ispreferred to use the system, the UserGuide can be displayed.

It is possible to confirm how to use voicecommands by accessing a simplified UserGuide, which contains basic instructionsand tutorials for several voice commands.

IVR0072

Basic operation1. Push <INFO>.

2. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Voice Recognition] and push<ENTER>.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-2

Page 197: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(195,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

4. Highlight [User Guide] and push<ENTER>.

5. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.

Available items

. [Getting Started]:Describes the basics of how to operatethe voice recognition system.

. [Let’s Practice]:Mode for practice following the systemvoice.

. [Using the Address Book]:Tutorial for entering a destination bythe Address Book.

. [Finding a Street Address]:Tutorial for entering a destination bystreet address.

. [Placing Calls]:Tutorial for making a phone call byvoice command operation. Refer to thevehicle Owner’s Manual for details.

. [Help on Speaking]:Displays useful tips regarding speakingfor correct command recognition by thesystem.

INFO:

The Command List feature is only availablewhen Alternate Command Mode is active.

Getting StartedBefore using the voice recognition systemfor the first time, it is possible to confirmhow to use commands by viewing theGetting Started section of the User Guide.

IVR00731. Highlight [Getting Started] and push

<ENTER>.

2. To confirm the page, scroll the screenusingINFINITI controller.

Practicing voice commandsPractice for using the voice recognitionfunction can be performed by repeating aphone number after the system announcesit.

IVR01021. Highlight [Let’s Practice] and push

<ENTER>.

2. Practice voice commands in accordancewith the audio guidance.

Tutorials on operation of voicerecognition systemWhen highlighting [Using the AddressBook], [Finding a Street Address] or [Pla-cing Calls] and pushing <ENTER>, thesystem displays tutorials on how to per-form these operations using voice recogni-

9. Voice recognition

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-3

Page 198: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(196,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

9. Voice recognition

tion.

IVR0075

Useful tips for correct operationIt is possible to display useful speakinginformation that may help the system toaccept a voice command correctly.

IVR00761. Highlight [Help on Speaking] and push

<ENTER>.

2. To confirm the page, scroll the screenusing the INFINITI controller.

USING VOICE RECOGNITION SYS-TEM

InitializationWhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, Voice Recognition is initia-lized, which may take up to one minute.When completed, the system is ready toaccept voice commands. If <TALK > ispushed before the initialization completes,the display will show the message: “Sys-tem not ready”.

BEFORE STARTINGTo get the best recognition performancefrom Voice Recognition, observe the fol-lowing items.

. The interior of the vehicle should be asquiet as possible. Close the windows toeliminate the surrounding noises (traf-fic noise and vibration sounds, etc.),which may prevent the system fromcorrectly recognizing the voice com-mands.

. Wait until the tone sounds beforespeaking a command.

. Speak in a natural conversational voicewithout pausing between words.

. If the air conditioner is set to “Auto”,the fan speed is automatically loweredso that voice commands can be recog-nized more easily.

GIVING VOICE COMMANDS1. Push <TALK > located on the steering

wheel.

2. A list of commands appears on thescreen, and the system provides thevoice menu prompt.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes from [ ] to [ ],speak a command.

4. Continue to follow the voice menuprompts and speak after the tonesounds until the preferred operation iscompleted.

Operating tips. Speak a command after the tone.

. Commands that are available are al-ways shown on the display and spokenthrough voice menu prompts. Com-mands other than those that aredisplayed are not accepted. Follow theprompts given by the system.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-4

Page 199: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(197,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

. If the command is not accepted, thesystem announces, “Please say again”.Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push <BACK> once to return to theprevious screen.

. To cancel the command, push and hold<TALK >. The message, “Voice can-celed” will be announced.

Voice Prompt Interrupt:

Push <TALK > to stop the voice promptand give the command at once. Rememberto wait for the tone before speaking.

How to speak numbersINFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer-tain way to speak numbers when givingvoice commands. Refer to the followingexamples.

General rule:

Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used.(For example, if speaking 500, “five zerozero” can be used, but “five hundred”cannot.)

Examples:

1-800-662-6200

“One eight zero zero six six two six two

zero zero”

Improving Recognition of Phone numbers:

Recognition of phone numbers can beimproved by speaking the phone numberin 3 groups of numbers. For example, tocall 800-662-6200, speak “Eight ZeroZero” first, and the system will then askto speak the next three digits. Then, speak“Six Six Two”. After recognition, thesystem will then ask to speak the last 4digits. Speak, “Six Two Zero Zero”. Usingthis method of phone digit entry canimprove recognition performance.

INFO:

For best recognition, speak “zero” for thenumber “0” and “oh” for the letter “o”.

VOICE COMMAND EXAMPLESTo use the voice recognition function,speaking one command is sometimessufficient, but at other times it is necessaryto speak two or more commands. Asexamples, some additional basic opera-tions that can be performed by voicecommands are described here.

Example 1: Placing call to phonenumber 800-662-62001. Push <TALK > located on the steering

wheel.

2. The system provides the voice menuprompt.

3. Speak “Phone”.

JVH0493X4. Speak “Dial Number”.

IVR00895. Speak “800”.

9. Voice recognition

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-5

Page 200: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(198,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

9. Voice recognition

IVR00906. The system announces, “Please say

next three digits or dial, or say changenumber”. Speak “662”.

IVR00917. The system announces, “Please say

last four digits or say change number”.Speak “6200”.

IVR00928. The system announces, “Dial or Change

Number?”. Speak “Dial”.

IVR00939. The system makes a call to 800-662-

6200.

INFO:

. Speaking “800-662-6200” (10 continuousdigits) or “662-6200” (7 continuous digits)is acceptable, if the area code is notnecessary. However the 3-3-4 digit groupingis recommended for improved recognition.

“How to speak numbers” (page 9-14)

. The INFINITI voice recognition system is notlimited to recognizing phone numbers ofonly 7 or 10 digits. To dial a number in aformat other than the 3-3-4 digit grouping,use the “International Call” command.

. If “Change Number” is spoken during phonenumber entry, the system will automaticallyrequest that the number be repeated usingthe 3-3-4 format. In this case please speakthe area code first and then follow theprompts.

. Do not add a “1” in front of the area codewhen speaking phone numbers.

. If the system does not recognize a voicecommand, please try repeating the com-mand using a natural voice. Speaking tooslowly or too loudly may further decreaserecognition performance.

Example 2: Placing internationalcall to phone number 011-81-111-222-3331. Push <TALK > located on the steering

wheel.

2. The system provides the voice menuprompt.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-6

Page 201: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(199,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

3. Speak “Phone”.

JVH0493X4. Speak “International Call”.

IVR00945. Speak “01181111222333”.

IVR0095

6. Speak “Dial”.

IVR00967. The system makes a call to 011-81-

111-222-333.

INFO:

Any digit input format is available in theInternational Number input process.

Example 3: Setting destination bystreet address1. Push <TALK > located on the steering

wheel.

2. The system provides the voice menupromt.

3. Speak “Navigation”.

JNB0276X4. Speak “Address”.

INFO:

Push <ENTER> or touch [Help] to display theuser guide screen.

IVR00805. Speak the name of the state, “Califor-

nia”.

9. Voice recognition

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-7

Page 202: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(200,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

9. Voice recognition

IVR00816. Speak the name of the city, “Gardena”.

IVR00827. Voice feedback will be provided when

the command is accepted, and the listof city names is displayed.

8. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes again, speak“Four”.

IVR00839. Speak the name of the street, “South

Figueroa street”.

INFO:

. Only the official street names stored inthe map database can be recognized bythe system. To improve accuracy, speakthe street name precisely and includeBoulevard, Way, North, South, etc., ifknown. If unsure of the full name,speaking only part of the street namesuch as “Figueroa” is acceptable, butrecognition accuracy may be reduced.

. To correct the entered city, street orhouse number, speak “Change City”,“Change Street” or “Change HouseNumber”.

IVR008410.Voice feedback will be provided when

the command is accepted, and the listof street names appears.

11.After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes again, speak“One”.

IVR008512.Speak the house number.

“How to speak numbers”(page 9-14)

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-8

Page 203: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(201,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

INFO:

If the house number is unknown, speak “Nohouse number”.

IVR008613.To confirm the destination location on

the map, speak “Show Map”. To calcu-late a route, speak “Calculate Route”.

ALTERNATE COMMAND MODE

The following section is applicable whenAlternate Command Mode is active.

“Setting alternate command mode”(page 9-14)

When Alternate Command Mode is active,an expanded list of commands can be usedafter pushing <TALK >. In this mode,available commands are not fully shown onthe display or prompted. Review theexpanded command list, available whenthis mode is active. See examples ofAlternate Command Mode screens. Other-wise, it is recommended that AlternateCommand Mode be turned OFF and Stan-dard Mode be used for the best recognitionperformance.

“Confirming voice commands”(page 9-10)

DISPLAYING HOW TO OPERATEVOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEMWhen operating the voice recognitionsystem for the first time or if help ispreferred to use the system, the CommandList (available only in Alternate CommandMode) or the User Guide are available.

Basic operation

IVR00971. Push <INFO>.

2. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Voice Recognition] and push<ENTER>.

4. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.

Available items

. [Command List]:A list of voice commands that thesystem can accept is displayed.

. [User Guide]:A simplified operation manual of thevoice recognition system can be dis-played and how to use the voicecommands can be confirmed.

9. Voice recognition

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-9

Page 204: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(202,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

9. Voice recognition

INFO:

The Command List feature is only availablewhen Alternate Command Mode is active.

Confirming voice commandsWhen controlling the system by voicecommands for the first time or if anappropriate voice command is unknown,confirm using the voice command lists.

The following information describes how todisplay the navigation command list andthe help list. For information about theoperations of other functions, refer to thevehicle Owner’s Manual.

Example: Displaying the navigation com-mand list

1. Push <INFO>.

2. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Voice Recognition] and push<ENTER>.

IVR00974. Highlight [Command List] and push

<ENTER>.

IVR00985. Highlight the preferred item and push

<ENTER>.

“Command Lists (Alternate com-mand mode)” (page 9-23)

Available items

. Phone Commands

. Navigation Commands

. Information Commands

. Audio Commands

. Help Commands

JNI0149X6. To confirm the list, scroll the screen

using the INFINITI controller.

7. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen.

CONFIRMING HOW TO USE VOICECOMMANDSIt is possible to confirm how to use voicecommands by accessing a simplified UserGuide, which contains basic instructionsand tutorials for several voice commands.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-10

Page 205: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(203,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IVR0100

Basic operation1. Push <INFO>.

2. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Voice Recognition] and push<ENTER>.

4. Highlight [User Guide] and push<ENTER>.

5. Highlight the preferred item and push<ENTER>.

Available items

. [Getting Started]:Describes the basics of how to operatethe voice recognition system.

. [Let’s Practice]:Mode for practice following the systemvoice.

. [Using the Address Book]:Tutorial for setting a destination by theAddress Book.

. [Finding a Street Address]:Tutorial for entering a destination bystreet address.

. [Placing Calls]:Tutorial for marking a phone call byvoice command operation.

. [Help on Speaking]:Displays the useful tips of speaking forcorrect command recognition by thesystem.

. [Voice Recognition Settings]:Describes the available voice recogni-tion settings.

. [Adapting the System to Your Voice]:Tutorial adapting the system to theuser’s voice.

Getting StartedBefore using the voice recognition systemfor the first time, it is possible to confirmhow to use commands by viewing theGetting Started section of the User Guide.

IVR01011. Highlight [Getting Started] and push

<ENTER>.

2. To confirm the page, scroll the screenusing the INFINITI controller.

Practicing voice commandsPractice for using the voice recognitionfunction can be performed by repeating aphrase after the system announces it.

IVR01021. Highlight [Let’s Practice] and push

<ENTER>.

9. Voice recognition

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-11

Page 206: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(204,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

9. Voice recognition

2. Practice voice commands in accordancewith the audio guidance.

Tutorials on operation of voicerecognition systemWhen highlighting [Using the AddressBook], [Finding a Street Address] or [Pla-cing Calls] and pushing <ENTER>, thesystem displays tutorials on how to per-form these operations using voice recogni-tion.

Example: With [Using the Address Book]highlighted and <ENTER> pushed.

IVR01031. Highlight [Using the Address Book] and

push <ENTER>. The tutorial starts.

IVR01042. The voice guide demonstrates how to

speak when giving commands.

3. When the tutorial is completed, thesystem automatically switches to theMenu screen.

Useful tips for correct operationIt is possible to display useful speakingtips that may help the system to accept avoice command correctly.

IVR0105

1. Highlight [Help on Speaking] and push<ENTER>.

2. To confirm the page, scroll the screenusing the INFINITI controller.

Voice recognition settingsThe settings for easy operation of the voicerecognition system are displayed.

IVR01061. Highlight [Voice Recognition Settings]

and push <ENTER>.

2. To confirm the page, scroll the screenusing the INFINITI controller.

Adapting Voice Recognition Systemto Your VoiceThe voice recognition system is equippedwith a learning function to adapt to theuser’s voice for better recognition. It ispossible to confirm how to operate thelearning function through this tutorial.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-12

Page 207: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(205,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IVR01071. Highlight [Adapting the System to Your

Voice] and push <ENTER>. The tutorialstarts.

IVR01082. The voice guide demonstrates the steps

that have to be performed.

3. When the tutorial is completed, thesystem automatically switches to theMenu screen.

USING VOICE RECOGNITION SYS-TEM

InitializationWhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, Voice Recognition is initia-lized, which may take up to one minute.When completed, the system is ready toaccept voice commands. If <TALK > ispushed before the initialization completes,the display will show the message: “Sys-tem not ready”.

BEFORE STARTINGTo get the best recognition performanceout of Voice Recognition, observe thefollowing:

. The interior of the vehicle should be asquiet as possible. Close the windows toeliminate the surrounding noises (traf-fic noise and vibration sounds, etc.),which may prevent the system fromcorrectly recognizing the voice com-mands.

. Wait until the tone sounds beforespeaking a command.

. Speak in a natural conversational voicewithout pausing between words.

. If the air conditioner is set to “Auto”,the fan speed is automatically loweredso that voice commands can be recog-nized more easily.

GIVING VOICE COMMANDS1. Push <TALK > located on the steering

wheel.

2. A list of commands appears on thescreen, and the system announces,“Please say a command”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes from [ ] to [ ],speak a command.

Operating tips. If the command is not recognized, the

system announces, “Please say again”.Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push <BACK> once to return to theprevious screen.

. To cancel the command, push and hold<TALK >. The message, “Voice can-celed” will be announced.

Voice Prompt Interrupt:

Push <TALK > to stop the voice promptand give the command at once. Rememberto wait for the tone before speaking.

9. Voice recognition

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-13

Page 208: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(206,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

9. Voice recognition

How to speak numbersINFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer-tain way to speak numbers when givingvoice commands. Refer to the followingexamples.

General rule:

Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used.For example, to speak 500, “five zero zero”can be used, but “five hundred” cannot.

Examples:

1-800-662-6200

“One eight zero zero six six two six twozero zero”

Improving Recognition of Phone numbers:

Recognition of phone numbers can beimproved by speaking the phone numberin 3 groups of numbers. For example, tocall 800-662-6200, speak “Eight ZeroZero” first, and the system will then askto speak the next three digits. Then, speak“Six Six Two”. After recognition, thesystem will then ask to speak the last 4digits. Speak, “Six Two Zero Zero”. Usingthis method of phone digit entry canimprove recognition performance.

INFO:

For best recognition, speak “zero” for thenumber “0” and “oh” for the letter “o”.

SYSTEM FEEDBACK ANNOUNCE-MENT MODESIt is possible to select two modes, long orshort, for the announcement by the sys-tem.

How to set1. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Voice Recognition] and push<ENTER>.

IVR01114. Highlight [Minimize Voice Feedback]

and push <ENTER>. The indicator illumi-nates, and the system announcementmode switches to the short mode.

5. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

SETTING ALTERNATE COMMANDMODEThis mode enables the operation of thedisplay and audio through Voice Recogni-tion. When this mode is active, an ex-panded list of commands can be spokenafter pushing <TALK >, and the voicecommand menu prompts are turned off.Note that in this mode the recognitionsuccess rate may be affected because thenumber of available commands and waysof speaking each command are increased.

This mode can be turned on or off.

How to set1. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Voice Recognition] and push<ENTER>.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-14

Page 209: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(207,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IVR01124. Highlight [Alternate Command Mode]

and push <ENTER>. A confirmationmessage is displayed. Highlight [Yes]and push <ENTER>. The indicator illumi-nates, and Alternate Command Modeswitches to ON.

5. Push <BACK> to return to the previousscreen. Push <MAP> to return to thecurrent location map screen.

SPEAKER ADAPTATIONThe voice recognition system has a func-tion to learn the user’s voice for bettervoice recognition performance.

The system can memorize the voices of upto three persons.

Having system learn user’s voice1. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Voice Recognition] and push<ENTER>.

IVR01134. Highlight [Speaker Adaptation] and

push <ENTER>.

IVR01145. Highlight the user whose voice is

memorized by the system, and push<ENTER>.

IVR01156. Highlight [Start Speaker Adaptation

Learning] and push <ENTER>.

IVR01167. Highlight the voice command category

to be learned by the system, and push<ENTER>. The voice command categorylist is displayed.

9. Voice recognition

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-15

Page 210: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(208,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

9. Voice recognition

JNI0150X8. Highlight the voice command to be

learned by the system, and push<ENTER>. The voice recognition systemstarts.

JNI0151X9. The system announces, “Please say a

command”.

10.After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes from [ ] to [ ],speak a command.

JNI0152X11.When the system has recognized the

voice command, the voice of the user islearned. Push <BACK> once to return tothe previous screen.

INFO:

With [Continuous Learning] set to on, thesystem does not go back to the commandlist screen, allowing to continue voicecommand learning by the system.

12.If the system has learned the commandcorrectly, “None” will change to“Stored”.

Editing registered itemsIt is possible to edit user names and selectlearning function settings.

1. Push <SETTING>.

2. Highlight [Others] and push <ENTER>.

3. Highlight [Voice Recognition] and push<ENTER>.

IVR01204. Highlight [Speaker Adaptation] and

push <ENTER>.

IVR01215. Highlight a user to edit, and push

<ENTER>.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-16

Page 211: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(209,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IVR01226. Highlight [Setting] and push <ENTER>.

IVR01237. Highlight an item to edit, and push

<ENTER>.

Setting items

. [Edit User Name]:Edit the user name.

. [Delete Voice Data]:Reset the user voice that the voicerecognition system has learned.

. [Continuous Learning]:Have the system learn the voicecommands of the user in succession,without selecting commands one byone.

VOICE COMMAND EXAMPLESTo use the voice recognition function,speaking one command is sometimessufficient, but at other times it is necessaryto speak two or more commands. Asexamples, some additional basic opera-tions by voice commands are describedhere.

Example 1: Switching map to 2D(Plan View) mode1. Push <TALK > located on the steering

wheel.

2. The system announces, “Please say acommand”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes from [ ] to [ ],speak “Plan View Map”.

IVR01254. Voice feedback will be provided when

the command is accepted, and the mapis displayed in 2D (Plan View).

Example 2: Setting destinationusing places list1. Push <TALK > located on the steering

wheel.

2. The system announces, “Please say acommand”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes from [ ] to [ ],speak “Places”.

9. Voice recognition

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-17

Page 212: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(210,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

9. Voice recognition

IVR01274. If a route is already set, choose “Near

Current Location”, “Along Route” or“Near Destination”.

5. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes again, speak“Along Route”.

IVR01286. Voice feedback will be provided when

the command is accepted, and the listof places of interest categories ap-pears.

7. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes again, speak“Two”.

IVR01298. Voice feedback will be provided when

the command is accepted, and the listof places of interest in the categoryspecified in the previous step appears.

9. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes again, speak“One”.

IVR0130

10.Voice feedback will be provided whenthe command is accepted, and thesystem starts calculating a route tothe selected facility.

Example 3: Setting destination bystreet address1. Push <TALK > located on the steering

wheel.

2. The system announces, “Please say acommand”.

3. Speak “Address”.

IVR01334. Speak the name of the state, “Califor-

nia”.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-18

Page 213: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(211,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IVR01345. Speak the name of the city, “Gardena”.

IVR01356. Speak the name of the street, “South

Figueroa street”.

INFO:

Speak the street name precisely includingboulevard, way, north, south, etc. In Alter-nate Command Mode, the system does notrecognize abbreviated names when they arespoken. In this case, the system does notaccept “Figueroa street” or “Figueroa”.

IVR0136

7. Voice feedback will be provided whenthe command is accepted, and the listof street names appears.

8. After the tone sounds and the icon onthe screen changes again, speak“One”.

IVR01379. Speak the house number.

“How to speak numbers”(page 9-14)

INFO:

If the house number is unknown, speak “Nohouse number”.

IVR013810.To confirm the destination location on

the map, speak “Show Map”. To calcu-late a route, speak “Calculate Route”.

9. Voice recognition

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-19

Page 214: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(212,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

9. Voice recognition

COMMAND LISTS (Standard mode)

Category Command Action

Call (Optional) Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either phonebook. Please say "Call" followed by astored name.

Phone Operates the Phone function.

Navigation Operates the Navigation function.

Information Displays the Vehicle Information function.

Audio Operates the Audio function.

Help Displays the User Guide.

Navigation Command Action

Destination Home Sets a route to the home location that is stored in the Address book.

Address Searches for a location by the street address specified, and sets a route (for continental U.S.and Canada only).

Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location.

Address Book Searches for information stored in the Address Book.

Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-20

Page 215: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(213,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Phone Command Action

Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits.

Quick Dial Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Quick Dial.

Phonebook Makes a call to a phone number stored in a mobile phone.

Call History Incoming Calls Makes a call to an incoming call number.

Outgoing Calls Makes a call to a dialed number.

Missed Calls Makes a call to a missed calls number.

International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.

Information Command Action

Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.

Trip Computer (if so equipped) Displays trip information.

Maintenance Displays maintenance information.

Where am I? Displays the current location.

Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system on and off.

Audio Command Action

AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.

FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.

XM Turns to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio band, selecting the channel last played.

CD Starts to play a CD.

9. Voice recognition

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-21

Page 216: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(214,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

9. Voice recognition

General Command Action

Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen.

Exit Cancels Voice Recognition.

INFO:

Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual for the operations related to phone, information and audio.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-22

Page 217: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(215,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

COMMAND LISTS (Alternate commandmode)

INFO:

The words in italics are variable.

Navigation Com-mands

Command Action

Destination Home Sets a route to your home location.

Address Sets a route to the street address that you specify (for continental U.S. and Canada only).

Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location.

Address Book Sets a route to a location stored in the Address Book.

Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previously entered destination.

Previous Start Point Sets a route to the previous starting point.

Minimize Freeway Route Sets the route search condition to minimize the usage of freeways.

Fastest Route Sets the route search condition to find the fastest time.

Shortest Route Sets the route search condition to find the shortest distance.

Cancel Route Stops the current route but can be resumed by using <ROUTE>.

Delete Destination Deletes the entire route (destination and waypoints).

Birdview Map Displays the map in BirdviewTM (3D).

Planview Map Displays the map in Plan View (2D).

North Up Locks the map to make North always point up.

Heading Up Locks the vehicle indicator to make it always point up.

Zoom In <1 to 13> Increases the magnification of the map by the number of steps specified.

9. Voice recognition

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-23

Page 218: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(216,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

9. Voice recognition

Navigation Com-mands

Command Action

Zoom Out <1 to 13> Decreases the magnification of the map by the number of steps specified.

Voice Guidance On/Off Turns the navigation guidance on and off.

Guidance Voice Repeat Repeats the current navigation voice guidance.

Information Com-mands

Command Action

Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.

Tire Pressure (if so equipped) Displays tire pressure information.

Trip Computer (if so equipped) Displays trip information.

Maintenance Displays maintenance information.

Where am I? Displays the current location.

Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system on and off.

Weather Information Displays weather information (for continental U.S. and Canada only).

Weather Map Displays the weather map (for continental U.S. and Canada only).

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-24

Page 219: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(217,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Vehicle Phone Com-mands

Command Action

Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number.

Quick Dial Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Quick Dial.

Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in a mobile phone.

Call History Incoming Calls Makes a call to an incoming call number.

Outgoing Calls Makes a call to a dialed number.

Missed Calls Makes a call to a missed calls number.

International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.

Call <name> Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either Quick Dial or Phonebook.Please say “Call” followed by a stored name.

Audio Commands Command Action

CD Starts to play a CD.

FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.

AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.

XM Turns to the SiriusXM Satellite Radio band, selecting the channel last played.

USB Turns on the USB memory.Bluetooth Audio Turns on the Bluetooth audio player.

AUX (if so equipped) Turns on the AUX.

General Commands Command Action

Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen.

Exit Cancels Voice Recognition.

9. Voice recognition

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-25

Page 220: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(218,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

9. Voice recognition

Help Commands Command Action

Command List Displays the category list of commands.

Navigation Commands Displays the navigation command list.

Phone Commands Displays the phone command list.

Audio Commands Displays the audio command list.

Information Commands Displays the information command list.

Help Commands Displays the help command list.

User Guide Displays the User GuideSpeaker Adaptation The system memorizes the voices of up to three persons for better voice recognition performance.

INFO:

Refer to the vehicle Owner’s Manual for the operations related to phone, information and audio.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

9-26

Page 221: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(219,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

10 General system information

Features of this navigation system ....................... 10-2Route guidance ................................................ 10-2Places of interest (Places) directory .................. 10-2Address book ................................................... 10-2Avoid area ....................................................... 10-2NavTraffic information ...................................... 10-2Automatic reroute ............................................ 10-3Detour .............................................................. 10-3BirdviewTM ....................................................... 10-3Voice guidance ................................................. 10-3

Current vehicle location ........................................ 10-4Display of current vehicle location .................... 10-4What is GPS (Global Positioning System)? ........ 10-4Incorrect display of vehicle position ................. 10-5Detailed Map Coverage Areas (MCA) fornavigation system ............................................ 10-7When gray road is displayed on map ............... 10-8

Route calculation ................................................. 10-8Route guidance .................................................. 10-10

Basics of voice guidance .............................. 10-10Directions provided and distances toguide points ................................................. 10-10Repeating voice guidance ............................. 10-13Notes on voice guidance ............................... 10-13

Notes on NavTraffic information ......................... 10-14Notes on NavWeather information ...................... 10-15Map data ........................................................... 10-16

How to order map data updates ................... 10-16About map icons .......................................... 10-16About map data ............................................ 10-16End-user terms ............................................. 10-17

How to handle display ....................................... 10-20Characteristics of liquid crystal display ......... 10-20Maintenance of display ................................. 10-21

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

Page 222: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(220,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

10. General system information

FEATURES OF THIS NAVIGATION SYSTEM

ROUTE GUIDANCEThe main features of the INFINITI Naviga-tion System are visual guidance and voiceguidance in selected map coverage areas.Utilizing a network of GPS (Global Position-ing System) satellites, the INFINITI Naviga-tion System tracks the location on the mapand navigates to a preferred location.

Once the destination is set in a mapcoverage area, the INFINITI NavigationSystem will calculate a route from thecurrent location to the destination. Thereal-time map display and turn-by-turnvoice guidance leads the driver along theroute. These features can be especiallyhelpful when driving to unfamiliar loca-tions.

The system may be unable to set adestination and/or calculate a route whenthe destination is outside the map cover-age area. Additionally, voice guidance maynot be available if the destination isoutside the map coverage area. For moreinformation on how to set a destination,refer to section 4.

PLACES OF INTEREST (Places) DI-RECTORYThe INFINITI Navigation System offers anextensive places of interest (Places) direc-tory in map coverage areas. This directoryincludes a wide variety of destinationsranging from gas stations, ATMs, andrestaurants to casinos, ski resorts, shop-ping centers and businesses. A point ofinterest can be searched by category, nameor phone number. After selecting a desti-nation, the INFINITI Navigation System willcalculate a route to that destination.

The Places directory has many uses. Forexample, the directory can be sorted by thevarious types of restaurants near thecurrent location. If an ATM or gas stationis needed, the INFINITI Navigation Systemcan navigate to the closest preferredlocation.

For more information on how to use thePlaces directory, refer to section 4.

ADDRESS BOOKThe Address Book can store up to 300locations from map coverage areas into apersonal directory. This is especially usefulfor frequently visited locations, such asclients, relatives and friends. The Address

Book function allows easy access tofrequently visited locations when settingthem as your destination.

For more information on how to use theAddress Book, refer to section 6.

AVOID AREAThe Avoid Area function sets areas orfreeways that the INFINITI Navigation Sys-tem does not include in the suggestedroute when calculating routes. For exam-ple, if a freeway or area that is alwayscongested with traffic.

For more information on the Avoid Areafunction, refer to section 6.

NavTraffic INFORMATIONWhen available, the NavTraffic Informationbroadcast may help to avoid delays due totraffic incidents. Traffic jams, roadwork,closed roads around the current location,etc. are represented graphically on themap by icons depicting the nature of theevent. Incidents on the route are automa-tically brought to the attention when theyare approached.

The NavTraffic Information feature, via theguidance mode, may help to detour aroundtraffic problems. For more information on

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-2

Page 223: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(221,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

the NavTraffic Information feature, refer tosection 5.

AUTOMATIC REROUTEWhen detecting a deviation from thesuggested route, the INFINITI NavigationSystem will automatically recalculate anew route to the destination.

For more information on the Automaticreroute function, refer to section 5.

DETOURTo make a detour due to traffic conditions,the Detour function calculates an alterna-tive route. The INFINITI Navigation Systemcan calculate a route using secondaryroads that will return to primary roadsafter a specified number of miles.

For more information on the Detour func-tion, refer to section 5.

BirdviewTM

IGE0007Two map types, the 2D (Plan View) mapand BirdviewTM (3D) map, are available inthe INFINITI Navigation System. BirdviewTM

map displays the map from an elevatedperspective. In BirdviewTM map, it is easyto recognize an image of the route becauseit provides a panoramic view over a longdistance.

For more information on BirdviewTM map,refer to section 3.

VOICE GUIDANCE

IGE0008Route guidance is provided through voiceand visual instructions. Voice guidanceannounces the appropriate directionswhen approaching an intersection to turn.

For more information on voice guidance,refer to section 5.

10. General system information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-3

Page 224: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(222,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

10. General system information

CURRENT VEHICLE LOCATION

DISPLAY OF CURRENT VEHICLE LO-CATIONThis navigation system combines the dataobtained from the vehicle (by gyro sensor)and from GPS (Global Positioning System)satellites to calculate the current locationof the vehicle. This position is thendisplayed throughout route guidance to adestination.

WHAT IS GPS (Global PositioningSystem)?GPS is a position detecting system thatuses satellites deployed by the U.S.government. This navigation system re-ceives radio signals from three or moredifferent satellites that orbit 13,049 miles(21,000 km) above the earth in space, anddetects the position of the vehicle byutilizing the principle of triangulation.

Positioning adjustmentWhen the system judges that the vehicleposition information is not accurate basedon vehicle speed and gyro sensor datacalculations, the system will automaticallyadjust the position of the vehicle icon

using GPS signals.

Receiving signals from GPS satel-litesThe reception of GPS signals can be weak,depending on the environment. Vehicles inthe following areas/environments may notreceive GPS signals (indicator color: gray).

INI0121. Inside tunnels or parking garages

INI0122

. Areas with numerous tall buildings

INI0123

. Under multi-layered highways

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-4

Page 225: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(223,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

INI0124

. Under many large trees

INI0253

. In a canyon

INFO:

The GPS antenna is located on the instrumentpanel inside the vehicle. Do not place anyobjects, especially mobile phones or transcei-vers, on the instrument panel. Because thestrength of the GPS signal is approximately onebillionth of that of TV waves, phones andtransceivers will affect or may totally disruptthe signal.

Display of GPS informationGPS information can be displayed.

“Viewing GPS current location infor-mation” (page 7-33)

NOTE:

Route guidance provided by the navigationsystem does not take carpool lane driving intoconsideration, especially when carpool lanesare separated from other road lanes.

INCORRECT DISPLAY OF VEHICLEPOSITIONThe following cases may affect the displayaccuracy of the vehicle’s position ortraveling direction. The accuracy will returnto normal if the driving conditions return tonormal.

INI0125. When there is a similar road nearby.

INI0126

. When the vehicle is traveling in an areawith a grid pattern road system.

10. General system information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-5

Page 226: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(224,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

10. General system information

INI0127

. When the vehicle is passing through alarge Y-shaped intersection/junction.

INI0128

. When the vehicle is traveling on acontinuous, slowly curving road.

INI0129

. When the vehicle is traveling on a roadwith repeating S-shaped curves.

INI0130

. When the vehicle is on a loop bridge.

INI0131

. When the vehicle is on a snow-coveredor unpaved road.

INI0132

. When repeatedly turning left or right, ordriving in zigzags.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-6

Page 227: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(225,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

INI0133

. When the vehicle is rotated on aparking lot turntable while the ignitionswitch is off.

INI0134

. When driving on a road not displayedon the map screen or a road that hasbeen changed due to additional con-struction or other reasons.

INI0124

. When the GPS positioning accuracy islow.

INFO:

. The vehicle icon may be misaligned whenstarting the vehicle just after starting theengine or the hybrid system.

. The vehicle icon may also be misaligned ifdifferent sized tires or tire chains areinstalled.

. The system has a function that automati-cally corrects the vehicle icon position whenit is misaligned from the actual position.

. Vehicle position correction by GPS may notfunction when the vehicle is stopped.

. If the vehicle icon position does not returnto normal even after driving for a while,correct the vehicle icon position manually.

“Adjusting current vehicle location”(page 8-9)

DETAILED MAP COVERAGE AREAS(MCA) FOR NAVIGATION SYSTEMThis system is designed to help guiding tothe destination, and it also performs otherfunctions as outlined in this manual.However, the system must be used safelyand properly. Information concerning roadconditions, traffic signs and the availabilityof services may not always be up-to-date.The system is not a substitute for safe,proper and legal driving. Map data coversselect metropolitan areas in the UnitedStates and Canada.

Map data includes two types of areas:“Detailed coverage areas” providing alldetailed road data and other areas show-ing “Main roads only”.

NOTE:

Detailed map data is not available in manyareas and is generally limited to select majormetropolitan areas.

10. General system information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-7

Page 228: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(226,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

10. General system information

WHEN GRAY ROAD IS DISPLAYED ONMAP. When you are driving on a road

displayed in gray after the vehicle hasdeviated from the suggested routeduring route guidance, automatic re-routing may not start immediately.

. The navigation system does not provideroute guidance for roads displayed indark green. Therefore, if the destinationis set on a road displayed in darkgreen, the enlarged map display willreturn to the ordinary map screen atsome point on a suggested route that isnear the destination. Also, voice gui-dance will stop at some point on asuggested route that is near the desti-nation.

. Places information and street namesnear roads displayed in gray may notbe contained in the map data.

ROUTE CALCULATION

. There may be cases that carpool lanesare included on a suggested routewhen the automatic rerouting functionis activated, even if the “Use TimeRestricted Roads” is turned off.

“Setting conditions for route cal-culation” (page 5-25)

. The navigation system does not provideroute guidance for roads displayed indark green.

. If the destination is set on a dark greenroad, the enlarged map display willswitch to the ordinary map screen atsome point and suggest a route that isnear the destination. The distance anddirection to the endpoint of the sug-gested route will be displayed in thelower right corner of the screen. Also, atthis time, voice guidance will an-nounce, “The route to the destinationincludes roads through incompletemap areas. Voice guidance will not beprovided in these areas”.When approaching the endpoint of thesuggested route, voice guidance willannounce, “Entering the road withincomplete map data. Use the direction

arrow and distance information toproceed to your destination.”To reach the destination, refer to themap screen. Always follow actual roadsand regulations and drive safely.

. The suggested route may not be theshortest, nor are other circumstancessuch as traffic jams considered.

. Because of the inevitable difference inroad conditions and circumstancesbetween the time you use this systemand the time the information wasproduced for the map data, there maybe discrepancies in roads and regula-tions. In such cases, follow the actualinformation available.

. During route calculation, the map willnot scroll, however the vehicle icon willmove with the actual vehicle’s move-ment.

. During route calculation, buttons suchas <ZOOM OUT>/<ZOOM IN> (if soequipped), <MAP>, <DEST> and theINFINITI controller will be disabled.

. In some cases, after the calculation iscomplete, the calculated route may notbe immediately displayed.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-8

Page 229: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(227,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

. Waypoints that have been passed willbe disregarded by rerouting calcula-tion.

. If you scroll the map while the sug-gested route is being drawn, it maytake more time to finish drawing.

. If waypoints are set, the system calcu-lates multiple routes between way-points simultaneously, and thefollowing may result.— If one section between waypoints cannot

be calculated, none of the route will bedisplayed.

— The route may not connect completely atsome waypoints.

— The route may require a U-turn close tosome waypoints.

. Route calculation may not be com-pleted in the following cases.— If there is no main road within a range of

1.5 miles (2.5 km) from the vehicle, amessage saying so will appear on thescreen. Try recalculating when the vehi-cle is closer to a main road.

— If there is no main road within a range of1.5 miles (2.5 km) from the destinationor waypoint, a message saying so will

appear on the screen. Try setting thelocation closer to a main road.

— If the vehicle is too close to the destina-tion or if there are no roads to thedestination, a message saying so willappear on the screen.

— If it is impossible to reach the destina-tion or waypoints because of trafficregulations, etc.

— If the only route to reach the destinationor waypoints is extremely complicated.

— If the destination, current vehicle posi-tion or waypoint is within the “AvoidArea”.

— If a part of the route is included in the“Avoid Area”.

. The following may occur when the routeis displayed.— If you calculate a route on a main road,

the starting point of the route may notexactly match the current vehicle loca-tion.

— The endpoint of the route may notexactly match the destination.

— If you calculate a route on a main road,the system may display a route from

another main road. This may be becausethe position of the vehicle icon is notaccurate. In this case, park the vehicle ina safe location and reset the vehicleicon, or continue driving to see if theposition of the vehicle icon is automati-cally adjusted before recalculating theroute.

— There are cases in which the systemshows an indirect route to reach thedestination or waypoints, if you set themfrom stored or facility information. Inorder to correct this, you must be carefulabout the traffic direction, especiallywhen lanes with different travel direc-tions are shown separately, such asinterchanges and service areas.

— This system makes no distinction be-tween limited traffic control and totalcontrol (blockage). It may show anindirect route even if the road is usable.

— Even if the freeway preference is set toOFF, a route that uses the freeway maybe suggested.

— Even if the ferry preference is set to OFF,a route that uses a ferry line may besuggested.

10. General system information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-9

Page 230: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(228,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

10. General system information

— Ferry lines, excluding those that are onlyfor pedestrians, bicycles and motor-cycles, are stored in this system. Takeinto consideration the travel time re-quired and operational condition beforedeciding whether to use them or not.

ROUTE GUIDANCE

INFO:

The system will only announce street nameswhen the system language is set to English.Street names are not announced when thesystem is set to Français (French).

BASICS OF VOICE GUIDANCEVoice guidance announces which directionto turn when approaching an intersectionin which a turn is necessary.

NOTE:

. There may be some cases in which voiceguidance and actual road conditions do notcorrespond. This may occur because ofdiscrepancies between the actual road andthe information on the map data, or it is dueto the vehicle’s speed.

. In case voice guidance does not correspondto the actual road conditions, follow theinformation obtained from traffic signs ornotices on the road.

. Route guidance provided by the navigationsystem does not take carpool lane drivinginto consideration, especially when carpool

lanes are separated from other road lanes.

DIRECTIONS PROVIDED AND DIS-TANCES TO GUIDE POINTSDirections will differ, depending on theroad type.

INFO:

Distances may vary, depending on the vehiclespeed.

Notification of intersection on or-dinary road

INI01351. “In about one quarter mile (400 me-

ters), right (left) turn.”

2. “Right (left) turn ahead.”

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-10

Page 231: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(229,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Notification of consecutive inter-sections on ordinary roads

INI0136When the road has three or more con-secutive intersections ahead, voice gui-dance will announce the following.

1. “In about one quarter mile (400 me-ters), right (left) turn, then in about onequarter mile (100 meters) left (right)turn.”

2. “Left (right) turn ahead, then in aboutone quarter mile (100 meters) right(left) turn.”

Notification of freeway entrance

INI01371. “In about one quarter mile (400 meters)

freeway entrance on your right onto(road number and direction).”

2. “Freeway entrance on your right onto(road number and direction).”

10. General system information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-11

Page 232: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(230,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

10. General system information

Notification of freeway junction

INI0138

1. “In about one mile (1.6 kilometers),keep to the right (left) onto (roadnumber and direction), then in aboutone quarter mile (400 meters) keep tothe right (left).”

2. “Keep to the right (left) onto (roadnumber and direction), then in aboutone quarter mile (400 meters) keep tothe right (left) onto (road number anddirection).”

3. “Keep to the right (left) onto (roadnumber and direction).”

Notification of freeway exit

IGE00061. “In about one mile (1.6 kilometers), exit

on your right.”

2. “Take the exit on your right.”

Notification when approachingdestinationOrdinary road:

When approaching the destination, voiceguidance will announce, “You have arrivedat your destination. Ending route gui-dance.” To finally reach your destination,refer to the map screen.

Dark green road:

After passing the last turning point on asuggested route, voice guidance will an-nounce, “The route to your destinationincludes roads through incomplete mapareas. Voice guidance will not be provided

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-12

Page 233: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(231,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

in these areas.” When approaching theendpoint of the suggested road, voiceguidance will announce, “Entering the roadwith incomplete map data. Please use thedirection arrow and distance information toproceed to your destination.”

REPEATING VOICE GUIDANCEThis function is available throughout routeguidance, from the time after the routecalculation is completed until the vehiclearrives at the destination. Push <VOICE>.Voice guidance will be repeated.

INFO:

. If <VOICE> is pushed when the vehicle isdeviating from the suggested route andwhen the automatic reroute function is off,voice guidance will announce, “Proceed tothe highlighted route.”

. If <VOICE> is pushed when the vehicle isgoing in the wrong direction, voice guidancewill announce: “Please make a legal U-turnif possible.”

NOTES ON VOICE GUIDANCE. Voice guidance in this system should

be regarded as a supplementary func-tion. When driving the vehicle, checkthe route on the map and follow theactual roads and traffic regulations.

. Voice guidance is activated only forintersections with certain conditions.There may be cases that the vehicle hasto turn, but voice guidance is notprovided.

. Voice guidance contents may vary,depending on the direction of the turnand the type of intersection.

. The voice guidance timing will varydepending on the situation.

. When the vehicle has deviated from thesuggested route, voice guidance is notavailable. The system will not announcethis. Refer to the map and recalculatethe route.

“Recalculate route” (page 5-22)

. Voice guidance may not accuratelycorrespond with road numbers anddirections at freeway junctions.

. Voice guidance may not accuratelycorrespond to street names at freeway

exits.

. The displayed street names may some-times differ from the actual names, or“UNKNOWN STREET NAME” may bedisplayed.

. Voice guidance is not available whenthe [Guidance Voice] is turned off.

“Turning voice guidance ON/OFF”(page 2-25)

. Voice guidance will start when thevehicle enters the suggested route.Refer to the map for directions to thestarting point of the route.

. When approaching a waypoint, voiceguidance will announce, “You havearrived at waypoint 1 (2, 3, 4,...).”Voice guidance will switch to the nextsection of the route. When voice gui-dance is not available, refer to the mapfor directions.

. In some cases, voice guidance endsbefore arrival at the destination. Referto the destination icon on the map toreach the destination.

. If the system recognizes on which sidethe destination (waypoint) is located,voice guidance will announce “on the

10. General system information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-13

Page 234: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(232,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

10. General system information

right/left” after announcing the arrivalat the destination.

. Voice guidance may be partially opera-tional or inoperative due to the angle ofroads at an intersection.

. Because freeway lane information isavailable only for approximately 7,000major freeways in North America, it isnot possible to display information forall junctions and exits.

. Freeway exit information may differfrom the information on the actual exitsigns.

. Because it is not possible to considerdata concerning roads that are season-ally available or unavailable, a routemay be displayed that does not matchthe actual traffic restrictions. Be sure tofollow the actual traffic restrictionswhile driving.

. Canada and Alaska contain many roadswith incomplete map data. As a result,when searching for a route, the routemay include roads with incompletedata. In regions where road data isnot complete, voice guidance may stopfor long periods of time. Be sure tofollow the actual traffic restrictions

while driving. NOTES ON NavTraffic INFORMATION

. The NavTraffic information service isnot provided for some cities. In addi-tion, the cities for which the trafficinformation service is provided may bechanged.

. In some cases, infrastructure problemsmay prevent the complete display ofthe traffic information. This is not amalfunction.

. Due to infrastructure problems, or dueto the time when the traffic informationservice broadcast is received, the dis-played information may differ from theactual traffic conditions.

. Depending on the traffic information, adetour route may be slower than theoriginal route.

. NavTraffic is a service of SiriusXMSatellite Radio. NavTraffic is only avail-able in select markets and is subject todata availability. Reception of theSiriusXM signal may vary dependingon location. It requires a monthlypremium subscription. The service pro-vider is solely responsible for thequality and accuracy of the information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-14

Page 235: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(233,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

provided. All fees and programming aresubject to change. For more details onthe NavTraffic service, terms and con-ditions, please visitwww.siriusxm.com/navtraffic.You can also contact SiriusXM SatelliteRadio at 1-866-635-2349.

. As of January 31, 2009, the NavTrafficservice covers 80 major metropolitanmarkets. For the most current list ofmarkets covered, please refer to www.siriusxm.com/navtraffic, or call Sir-iusXM Satellite Radio customer supportat 1-866-635-2349.

. Due to road maintenance, infrastruc-ture problems (e.g. malfunction of roadsensors, outage of central computer ofinfrastructure) or natural disasters,there are times when some or all trafficinformation may not be available.

. Incident information is based on hu-man collection. Not all incidents thathave happened are collected and pro-vided.

. Due to infrastructure problems, ortransmission delay, there are timeswhen the information may differ fromthe actual condition. Always observe

safe driving practices and follow alltraffic regulations.

. Due to the coverage and quality oftraffic information and road conditions,it is not always possible for the systemto provide the shortest time route evenwhen traffic information is considered.

. Traffic information that is displayedmay differ from information from othermedia (e.g., radio), as other media mayuse different information sources.

. If the Infiniti Connection (if soequipped) Text-to-Speech function isused after downloading informationfeeds immediately after the navigationsystem is started up, it may take sometime until the NavTraffic information isdisplayed on the screen.

NOTES ON NavWeather INFORMATION

. The NavWeather information service isnot provided for some cities. In addi-tion, the cities for which the weatherinformation service is provided may bechanged.

. In some cases, infrastructure problemsmay prevent the complete display ofthe weather information. This is not amalfunction.

. Due to infrastructure problems, or dueto the time when the weather informa-tion service broadcast is received, thedisplayed information may differ fromthe actual weather conditions.

. NavWeather is a service of SiriusXMSatellite Radio. NavWeather is onlyavailable in select markets and issubject to data availability. Receptionof the SiriusXM signal may vary de-pending on location. It requires amonthly premium subscription. Theservice provider is solely responsiblefor the quality and accuracy of theinformation provided. All fees andprogramming are subject to change.For more details on the NavWeather

10. General system information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-15

Page 236: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(234,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

10. General system information

service, terms and conditions, pleasevisitwww.siriusxm.com/navweather.You can also contact SiriusXM SatelliteRadio at 1-866-635-2349.

. NavWeather is designed to providereal-time weather and forecasting in-formation in your general vicinity. Dis-crepancies may be encounteredbetween the system and your actuallocation. Road system and weatherchanges may affect the accuracy ofthe information provided. Rely on yourcommon sense to decide whether tofollow a specified route. Detailed cover-age is not available in every city orroadway.

MAP DATA

HOW TO ORDER MAP DATA UPDATESTo order updated map data, contact theINFINITI NAVIGATION SYSTEM HELPDESK.See the contact information on the insidefront cover of this manual.

ABOUT MAP ICONSThe marks of companies displayed by thisproduct to indicate business locations arethe marks of their respective owners. Theuse of such marks in this product does notimply any sponsorship, approval, or en-dorsement by such companies of thisproduct.

ABOUT MAP DATA1. This map data has been prepared by

Hitachi Automotive Systems, Ltd. underlicence from ZENRIN CO., LTD. andHERE. ZENRIN CO., LTD. has added,processed and digitized data basedon the digital road map data of Naviga-tion Technologies Corporation. Due tothe production timing of the map data,some new roads may not be included inthis map data or some of the names orroads may be different from those at

the time you use this map data.

2. Traffic control and regulation data usedin this map data may be different fromthose at the time you use this map datadue to the data production timing.When driving your vehicle, follow theactual traffic control signs and noticeson the roads.

3. Reproducing or copying this map soft-ware is strictly prohibited by law.

Published by NISSAN North America, Inc.

*C 2006 Navigation Technologies. All rightsreserved.

Certain business data provided by in-fogroup *C 2010, All Rights Reserved.

*C 1993-2008 HERE. All Rights Reserved.

*C 2008, All Rights Reserved.

*C ZENRIN CO., LTD. 2009. All rightsreserved.

*C ZENRIN USA, INC. 2008. All rightsreserved.

WARNINGGUID-678F6CA2-2608-4017-95A0-B5D303B42509

. This navigation system should not beused to replace your own judgement. Noitinerary suggested by this navigationsystem should ever override any highway

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-16

Page 237: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(235,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

regulations, your own judgement, or aknowledge of safe driving practices. Donot follow the navigation system’s sug-gested itinerary if it would cause you toperform a dangerous or illegal act, placeyou in a dangerous situation, or take youinto an area you consider unsafe.

. The advice provided by the navigationsystem is to be regarded as a suggestiononly. There may be times when thenavigation system displays the vehicle’slocation incorrectly, fails to suggest theshortest route, or fails to direct you to theyour desired destination. In such in-stances, rely on your own driving judge-ment, taking into account the drivingconditions at the time.

. Do not use the navigation system tolocate emergency services. The databasedoes not contain a complete listing ofemergency services such as police sta-tions, fire halls, hospitals and walk-inclinics. Please show discretion and askfor directions in such instances.

. As the driver, you alone are responsiblefor your driving safety.

— In order to avoid a traffic accident, donot operate the system while driving.

— In order to avoid a traffic accident,operate the system only when thevehicle is stopped at a safe place andthe parking brake is on.

— In order to avoid a traffic accident ortraffic offence, remember that actualroad conditions and traffic regulationstake precedence over the informationcontained on the navigation system.

— The Software may contain inaccurate orincomplete information due to thepassage of time, changing circum-stances, and the sources of informa-tion used. Please respect current trafficconditions and regulations at all timeswhile driving.

— Where actual road conditions andhighway regulations differ from theinformation contained on the naviga-tion system, abide by the highwayregulations.

— Keep the amount of time spent viewingthe screen while driving to a strictminimum.

The navigation system does not provide,nor represent in any way information on:traffic and highway regulations; technicalaspects of the vehicle including weight,height, width, load and speed limits; roadconditions including grade, percentage ofincline and surface conditions; obstaclessuch as the height and width of bridgesand tunnels; and other current driving orroad conditions. Always rely on your ownjudgement when driving a car, taking intoaccount current driving conditions.

The marks of companies displayed by thisproduct to indicate business locations arethe marks of their respective owners. Theuse of such marks in this product does notimply any sponsorship, approval, or en-dorsement by such companies of thisproduct.

END-USER TERMSThe data (“Data”) is provided for yourpersonal, internal use only and not forresale. It is protected by copyright, and issubject to the following terms and condi-tions which are agreed to by you, on theone hand, and Hitachi Automotive Sys-tems, Ltd. and its licensors (including theirlicensors and suppliers) on the other hand.

10. General system information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-17

Page 238: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(236,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

10. General system information

*C 2008 HERE. All rights reserved.

The Data for areas of Canada includesinformation taken with permission fromCanadian authorities, including: *C HerMajesty the Queen in Right of Canada, *C

Queen’s Printer for Ontario, *C Canada PostCorporation, GeoBase®.

HERE holds a non-exclusive license fromthe United States Postal Service® topublish and sell ZIP+4® information.

*C United States Postal Service® 2008.Prices are not established, controlled orapproved by the United States PostalService®. The following trademarks andregistrations are owned by the USPS:United States Postal Service, USPS, andZIP+4.

The Data may include or reflect data oflicensors, including Her Majesty the Queenin the Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”),Canada Post Corporation (“Canada Post”)and the Department of Natural ResourcesCanada (“NRCan”). Such data is licensedon an “as is” basis. The licensors, includ-ing Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,make no guarantees, representations orwarranties respecting such data, eitherexpress or implied, arising by law orotherwise, including but not limited to,

effectiveness, completeness, accuracy orfitness for a particular purpose.

The licensors, including Her Majesty, Ca-nada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable inrespect of any claim, demand or action,irrespective of the nature of the cause ofthe claim, demand or action alleging anyloss, injury or damages, direct or indirect,which may result from the use or posses-sion of the data or the Data. The licensors,including Her Majesty, Canada Post andNRCan, shall not be liable in any way forloss of revenues or contracts, or any otherconsequential loss of any kind resultingfrom any defect in the data or the Data.

End User shall indemnify and save harm-less the licensors, including Her Majesty,Canada Post and NRCan, and their officers,employees and agents from and againstany claim, demand or action, irrespectiveof the nature of the cause of the claim,demand or action, alleging loss, costs,expenses, damages or injuries (includinginjuries resulting in death) arising out ofthe use or possession of the data or theData.

Terms and conditionsPersonal Use Only. You agree to use thisData together with Nissan AutomotiveProducts for the solely personal, non-commercial purposes for which you werelicensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accord-ingly, but subject to the restrictions setforth in the following paragraphs, you maycopy this Data only as necessary for yourpersonal use to (i) view it, and (ii) save it,provided that you do not remove anycopyright notices that appear and do notmodify the Data in any way. You agree notto otherwise reproduce, copy, modify,decompile, disassemble or reverse engi-neer any portion of this Data, and may nottransfer or distribute it in any form, for anypurpose, except to the extent permitted bymandatory laws. Multi-disc sets may onlybe transferred or sold as a complete set asprovided by Hitachi Automotive Systems,Ltd. and not as a subset thereof.

Restrictions. Except where you have beenspecifically licensed to do so by HitachiAutomotive Systems, Ltd., and withoutlimiting the preceding paragraph, youmay not (a) use this Data with anyproducts, systems, or applications in-

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-18

Page 239: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(237,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

stalled or otherwise connected to or incommunication with vehicles, capable ofvehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,real time route guidance, fleet manage-ment or similar applications; or (b) with orin communication with any positioningdevices or any mobile or wireless-con-nected electronic or computer devices,including without limitation cellularphones, palmtop and handheld computers,pagers, and personal digital assistants orPDAs.

Warning. The Data may contain inaccurateor incomplete information due to thepassage of time, changing circumstances,sources used and the nature of collectingcomprehensive geographic data, any ofwhich may lead to incorrect results.

No Warranty. This Data is provided to you“as is,” and you agree to use it at your ownrisk. Hitachi Automotive Systems, Ltd. andits licensors (and their licensors andsuppliers) make no guarantees, represen-tations or warranties of any kind, expressor implied, arising by law or otherwise,including but not limited to, content,quality, accuracy, completeness, effective-ness, reliability, fitness for a particularpurpose, usefulness, use or results to be

obtained from this Data, or that the Data orserver will be uninterrupted or error-free.

Disclaimer of Warranty: HITACHI AUTOMO-TIVE SYSTEMS, LTD. AND ITS LICENSORS(INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLI-ERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESSOR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTI-CULAR PURPOSE OR NONINFRINGEMENT.Some States, Territories and Countries donot allow certain warranty exclusions, so tothat extent the above exclusion may notapply to you.

Disclaimer of Liability: HITACHI AUTOMO-TIVE SYSTEMS, LTD. AND ITS LICENSORS(INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLI-ERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: INRESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND ORACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OFTHE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND ORACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY ORDAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICHMAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSES-SION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANYLOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS ORSAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIALDAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OFOR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,

ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR THEBREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS,WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT ORTORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IFHITACHI AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEMS, LTD. ORITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SomeStates, Territories and Countries do notallow certain liability exclusions or da-mages limitations, so to that extent theabove may not apply to you.

Export Control. You agree not to exportfrom anywhere any part of the Dataprovided to you or any direct productthereof except in compliance with, andwith all licenses and approvals requiredunder, applicable export laws, rules andregulations.

Entire Agreement. These terms and condi-tions constitute the entire agreementbetween Hitachi Automotive Systems, Ltd.(and its licensors, including their licensorsand suppliers) and you pertaining to thesubject matter hereof, and supersedes intheir entirety any and all written or oralagreements previously existing betweenus with respect to such subject matter.

Governing Law. The above terms andconditions shall be governed by the laws

10. General system information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-19

Page 240: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(238,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

10. General system information

of the State of Illinois, without giving effectto (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii)the United Nations Convention for Con-tracts for the International Sale of Goods,which is explicitly excluded. You agree tosubmit to the jurisdiction of the State ofIllinois for any and all disputes, claims andactions arising from or in connection withthe Data provided to you hereunder.

Government End Users. If the Data is beingacquired by or on behalf of the UnitedStates government or any other entityseeking or applying rights similar to thosecustomarily claimed by the United Statesgovernment, HERE Data (hereinafter“Data”) is a “commercial item” as thatterm is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101,is licensed in accordance with ENDUSERTERMS, and each copy of the Data deliv-ered or otherwise furnished shall bemarked and embedded as appropriate withthe following “Notice of Use,” and shall betreated in accordance with such Notice:

NOTICE OF USECONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)

NAME: HERECONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) AD-

DRESS: 425 West Randolph St., Chicago, Illinois60606

This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR2.101 and is subject to END-USER TERMS under

which this Data was provided.*C 2008 HERE - All rights reserved.

If the Contracting Officer, federal govern-ment agency, or any federal official refusesto use the legend provided herein, theContracting Officer, federal governmentagency, or any federal official must notifyHERE prior to seeking additional or alter-native rights in the Data.

HOW TO HANDLE DISPLAY

The display is a liquid crystal display andshould be handled with care.

WARNINGGUID-B6DE101D-0F43-4E75-8F7C-975DDA746AEC

Never disassemble the display. Some partsutilize extremely high voltage. Touchingthem may result in serious personal injury.

CHARACTERISTICS OF LIQUIDCRYSTAL DISPLAY. If the temperature inside the vehicle is

especially low, the display will stayrelatively dim or the movement of theimages may be slow. These conditionsare normal. The display will functionnormally when the interior of thevehicle has warmed up.

. Some pixels in the display are darker orbrighter than others. This condition isan inherent characteristic of liquidcrystal displays, and it is not a mal-function.

. A remnant of the previous displayimage may remain on the screen. Thisscreen burn is inherent in displays, and

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-20

Page 241: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(239,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

it is not a malfunction.

INFO:

The screen may become distorted by strongmagnetic fields.

MAINTENANCE OF DISPLAY

WARNINGGUID-9F5FAC95-B51E-4AF3-BCB1-B04C5EF0D507

. To clean the display, never use a roughcloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner and anykind of solvent or paper towel with achemical cleaning agent. They willscratch or deteriorate the panel.

. Do not splash any liquid such as water orcar fragrance on the display. Contact withliquid will cause the system to malfunc-tion.

To clean the display screen, use a dry, softcloth. If additional cleaning is necessary,use a small amount of neutral detergentwith a soft cloth. Never spray the screenwith water or detergent. Dampen the clothfirst, then wipe the screen.

10. General system information

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-21

Page 242: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(240,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

10. General system information

MEMO

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

10-22

Page 243: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(241,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

11 Troubleshooting guide

Customer assistance ............................................ 11-2Basic operations .................................................. 11-3Vehicle icon .......................................................... 11-4Route calculation and visual guidance .................. 11-6

Voice guidance .................................................... 11-8Infiniti ConnectionTM (if so equipped) ................... 11-9Voice recognition ............................................... 11-10Traffic information ............................................. 11-11

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

Page 244: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(242,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

11. Troubleshooting guide

CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE

For assistance or inquiries about theINFINITI Navigation System, contact theINFINITI NAVIGATION SYSTEM HELPDESK.See the contact information on the insidefront cover of this manual.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

11-2

Page 245: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(243,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

BASIC OPERATIONS

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

No image is displayed. The brightness is at the lowest setting. Adjust the brightness of the display.

The system in the video mode. Push the appropriate button (depending on models)on the control panel to change the mode. Refer tothe vehicle Owner’s Manual.

The display is turned off. Push <DAY/NIGHT OFF> to turn on the display.

No voice guidance is available.orThe volume is too high or too low.

The volume is not set correctly, or it is turned off. Adjust the volume of voice guidance.

Voice guidance is not provided for certain streets(roads displayed in gray).

This is not a malfunction.

No map is displayed on the screen. A screen other than map screen is displayed. Push <MAP>.

The screen is too dim. The movement is slow. The temperature in the interior of the vehicle is low. Wait until the interior of the vehicle has warmed up.

Some pixels in the display are darker or brighterthan others.

This condition is an inherent characteristic of liquidcrystal displays.

This is not a malfunction.

Some menu items cannot be selected. Some menu items become unavailable while thevehicle is driven.

Park the vehicle in a safe location, and then operatethe navigation system.

11. Troubleshooting guide

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

11-3

Page 246: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(244,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

11. Troubleshooting guide

VEHICLE ICON

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

Names of roads and locations differ betweenPlan View and BirdviewTM.

This is because the quantity of the displayed information isreduced so that the screen does not become too crowded. There isalso a chance that names of the roads or locations may bedisplayed multiple times, and the names appearing on the screenmay be different because of a processing procedure.

This is not a malfunction.

The vehicle icon is not displayed in the correctposition.

The vehicle was transported after the ignition switch was pushedoff, for example, by a ferry or car transporter.

Drive the vehicle for a while on a roadwhere GPS signals can be received.

The position and direction of the vehicle icon may be incorrectdepending on the driving environments and the levels ofpositioning accuracy of the navigation system.

This is not a malfunction. Drive the vehiclefor a while to automatically correct theposition and direction of the vehicle icon.

“Current vehicle location”(page 10-4)

When the vehicle is traveling on a new road,the vehicle icon is located on another roadnearby.

Because the new road is not stored in the map data, the systemautomatically places the vehicle icon on the nearest road available.

Updated road information will be includedin the next version of the map data.

The screen does not switch to the night screeneven after turning on the headlights.

The daytime screen was set the last time the headlights wereturned on.

Set the screen to the night screen modeusing <DAY/NIGHT OFF> when turning onthe headlights.

“Display settings” (page 8-3)

The map does not scroll even when thevehicle is moving.

The current location map screen is not displayed. Push <MAP>.

The vehicle icon is not displayed. The current location map screen is not displayed. Push <MAP>.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

11-4

Page 247: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(245,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

The GPS indicator on the screen remains gray. GPS signals cannot be received under certain conditions, such asin a parking garage, on a road with many tall buildings, etc.

Drive on an open, straight road for a while.

GPS signals cannot be received because objects are placed on theinstrument panel.

Remove the objects from the instrumentpanel.

A sufficient number of GPS satellites is not available. Wait for the satellites to move to locationsavailable for the navigation system.

The location of the vehicle icon is misalignedfrom the actual position.

When using tire chains or replacing the tires, speed calculationsbased on the speed sensor may be incorrect.

Drive the vehicle for about 30 minutes atapproximately 19 MPH (30 km/h) to auto-matically correct the vehicle icon position.If this does not correct the vehicle iconposition, contact an INFINITI retailer.

The map data has a mistake or is incomplete (the vehicle iconposition is always misaligned in the same area).

Updated road information will be includedin the next version of the map data.

11. Troubleshooting guide

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

11-5

Page 248: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(246,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

11. Troubleshooting guide

ROUTE CALCULATION AND VISUAL GUIDANCE

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

Waypoints are not included in the auto reroutecalculation.

Waypoints that have been already passed are not included in theauto reroute calculation.

To go to that waypoint again, edit the route.

Route information is not displayed. Route calculation has not yet been performed. Set the destination and perform routecalculation.

The vehicle is not on the suggested route. Drive on the suggested route.

Route guidance is set to off. Turn on route guidance.

Route information is not provided for certain types of roads (roadsdisplayed in gray).

This is not a malfunction.

The auto reroute calculation (or detour calcu-lation) suggests the same route as the onepreviously suggested.

Route calculations took priority conditions into consideration, butthe same route was calculated.

This is not a malfunction.

A waypoint cannot be added. Five waypoints are already set on the route, including ones that thevehicle has already passed.

A maximum of 5 waypoints can be set onthe route. To go to 6 or more waypoints,perform route calculations multiple timesas necessary.

[Calculate] must be selected for route calculation after Waypointsare selected from the “Edit/Add to Route” screen.

Highlight [Calculate] and push <ENTER>after selecting waypoints.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

11-6

Page 249: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(247,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

The suggested route is not displayed. Roads near the destination cannot be calculated. Reset the destination to a main or ordinaryroad, and recalculate the route.

The starting point and destination are too close. Set a more distant destination.

The starting point and destination are too far away. Divide the trip by selecting one or twointermediate destinations, and performroute calculations multiple times.

There are time restricted roads (by the day of the week, by time)near the current vehicle location or destination.

Set [Use Time Restricted Roads] to off.“Setting conditions for route calcula-tion” (page 5-25)

A part of the route is not displayed. The suggested route includes narrow streets (roads displayed ingray).

This is not a malfunction.

The part of the route that the vehicle hasalready passed is deleted.

A route is managed by sections between waypoints. If the vehiclepassed the first waypoint, the section between the starting pointand the waypoint is deleted (it may not be deleted depending onthe area).

This is not a malfunction.

An indirect route is suggested. If there are restrictions (such as one-way streets) on roads close tothe starting point or destination, the system may suggest anindirect route.

Adjust the location of the starting point ordestination.

The system may suggest an indirect route because routecalculation does not take into consideration some areas such asnarrow streets (gray roads).

Reset the destination to a main or ordinaryroad, and recalculate the route.

The landmark information does not corre-spond to the actual information.

This may be caused by insufficient or incorrect map data. Updated information will be included in thenext version of the map data.

The suggested route does not exactly connectto the starting point, waypoints, or destina-tion.

There is no data for route calculation closer to these locations. Set the starting point, waypoints anddestination on a main road, and performroute calculation.

11. Troubleshooting guide

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

11-7

Page 250: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(248,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

11. Troubleshooting guide

VOICE GUIDANCE

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

Voice guidance is not available. Voice guidance is only available at certain intersections markedwith . In some cases, voice guidance is not available even whenthe vehicle should make a turn.

This is not a malfunction.

The vehicle has deviated from the suggested route. Go back to the suggested route or requestroute calculation again.

Voice guidance is set to off. Turn on voice guidance.

Route guidance is set to off. Turn on route guidance.

The guidance content does not correspond tothe actual condition.

The content of voice guidance may vary, depending on the types ofintersections at which turns are made.

Follow all traffic rules and regulations.

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

11-8

Page 251: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(249,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

INFINITI CONNECTIONTM (if so equipped)

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

The system cannot connect tothe Infiniti Connection DataCenter.

A subscription for the Infiniti Connectionservice has not been established.

Sign up for a subscription to the Infiniti Connection service. For details aboutsubscriptions, contact the Infiniti Connection support line at 1-800-334-7858 (forU.S.) /1-855-892-7418 (for Canada).

The communication line is busy. Try again after a short period of time.

The vehicle is in a location where it isdifficult to receive radio waves.

When the vehicle moves to an area where radio waves can be transmittedsufficiently, communication will be restored. When the icon on the display showsthat the vehicle is inside the communication area, the system can be used.

TCU (Telematics Communication Unit) isnot turned on.

If the icon does not show that the vehicle is inside the communication area despitethe fact that the vehicle is in that location, contact the Infiniti Connection supportline at 1-800-334-7858 (for U.S.) /1-855-892-7418 (for Canada).

Radio wave reception is not sufficient forTCU operation.

When the vehicle moves to an area where radio waves can be transmittedsufficiently, communication will be restored. When the icon on the display showsthat the vehicle is inside the communication area, the system can be used.

Some of the items that aredisplayed on the menu screencannot be selected.

The vehicle is being driven and some menuitems are disabled.

The vehicle is being driven. Stop the vehicle in a safe location and apply theparking brake before operating the functions.

Some parts of the screen arenot displayed.

The vehicle is being driven and some menuitems are disabled.

Operate the system after stopping the vehicle in a safe location and applying theparking brake.

The system does not announceinformation.

The volume level is set to the minimum. Adjust the volume level.

11. Troubleshooting guide

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

11-9

Page 252: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(250,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

11. Troubleshooting guide

VOICE RECOGNITION

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

The system does not accept the voicecommand.orThe system accepts the voice commandincorrectly.

The interior of the vehicle is too noisy. Close the windows or have other occupantsbe quiet.

The volume of the voice is too low. Speak louder.

The volume of the voice is too loud. Speak softer.

Pronunciation is unclear. Speak clearly.

The voice command is given before the voice recognition system isready.

Push <TALK > on the steering wheel,and speak a command after the tonesounds.

8 seconds or more have passed after pushing <TALK > on thesteering wheel.

Make sure to speak a command within 8seconds after the beep tone sounds.

Only a limited range of voice commands is usable for each screen. Use a correct voice command appropriatefor the current screen.

INFO:

For the best recognition, speak the appropriate commands. Command lists are available earlier in this manual.Standard Mode:

“Command lists (Standard mode)”(page 9-20)

Alternate Command Mode:“Command Lists (Alternate commandmode)” (page 9-23)

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

11-10

Page 253: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(251,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

TRAFFIC INFORMATION

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

The traffic information is notdisplayed.

The traffic information is not set to on. Set the traffic information to on.

The vehicle is in an area where traffic information is notavailable.

Scroll to an area where traffic information is available.

The subscription to NavTraffic is incomplete, or thesubscription to NavTraffic has expired.

Check the subscription status of NavTraffic.

The map scale is set at a level where the display of icons isimpossible.

Check that the map scale is set at a level in which the display of iconsis possible.

“Traffic information display and scale levels” (page 7-20)

With the automatic detourroute search ON, no detourroute is set to avoid con-gested areas.

There is no faster route compared to the current route,based on the road network and traffic information.

The automatic detour search is not intended for avoiding traffic jams.It searches for the fastest route taking into consideration such thingsas traffic jams. Follow the current route. Also see “Notes on NavTrafficinformation” for further information.

“Notes on NavTraffic information” (page 10-14)

The route does not avoid aroad section with traffic in-formation stating that it isclosed due to road construc-tion.

The navigation system is designed not to avoid this eventbecause the actual period of closure may differ from thedeclared roadwork period.

Observe the actual road conditions and follow the instructions on theroad for detour when necessary. If the road actually is closed, use thedetour function and set the detour distance to avoid the road sectionthat is closed.

11. Troubleshooting guide

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

11-11

Page 254: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(252,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

11. Troubleshooting guide

MEMO

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

11-12

Page 255: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(253,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

MEMO

11. Troubleshooting guide

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

11-13

Page 256: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(254,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

11. Troubleshooting guide

MEMO

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

11-14

Page 257: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(255,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

IndexCURRENT LOCATION MAP SCREEN

<ENTER> Store Location page 6-2

Nearby Places page 4-6

Map View Change View 2D Map page 3-11

Split: 2D Map page 3-11

Birdview (3D) page 3-11

Split: Birdview Map page 3-11

View Settings Intersection page 5-10

Turn List page 5-10

Fuel Economy page 5-10

Full Map page 5-10

Map Settings Map Orientation page 3-14

Long Range page 3-15

Map Color page 3-16

Birdview Angle page 3-16

Left Split Map Settings page 3-17

Index

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

12-1

Page 258: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(256,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Index

<ENTER> Map View Map Settings Show All Freeway Exits onRoute

page 5-11

Auto. Show Turn List onFreeway

page 5-11

Map Icons Restaurant page 3-18

Gas Station page 3-18

Hotel page 3-18

ATM page 3-18

Rest Area page 3-18

Store Tracking page 6-6

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

12-2

Page 259: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(257,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

SCROLL LOCATION MAP SCREEN

<ENTER> New Dest. Start page 5-2

More Routes page 5-3

Add/Route Info page 5-3

Move Location page 5-5

Store Location page 5-5

Place Info page 5-6

Add to Route page 5-15

Nearby Places page 4-6

Store Location page 6-2

Delete page 6-20

Incident Detail page 7-21

Index

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

12-3

Page 260: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(258,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Index

DESTINATION SCREEN

<DEST> Change Region page 4-3

Street Address page 4-4

Places page 4-6

Home page 4-9

Address Book page 4-10

Previous Destinations page 4-11

Connected Search (if soequipped) page 4-12

Next Page Delete Destination page 4-22

Previous Start Point page 4-14

Stored Routes page 4-15

Phone Number page 4-16

Freeway Entrance/Exit page 4-17

Intersection page 4-18

City Center page 4-20

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

12-4

Page 261: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(259,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

ROUTE SCREEN

<ROUTE> Cancel Route/Resume Route page 5-14

Edit/Add to Route page 5-15

Route Info page 5-20

Guidance Settings Guidance Voice page 5-21

Guidance Volume page 5-21

Traffic Announcement page 5-21

Recalculate page 5-22

Detour page 5-23

Traffic Detour page 5-24

Route Settings Basic Route Type page 5-25

Other Routing Choices page 5-26

Index

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

12-5

Page 262: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(260,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Index

SETTING SCREEN

<SETTING> Navigation Address Book page 6-8

Map View page 3-13

Map Icons page 3-18

Guidance Settings page 5-27

Route Settings page 5-26

Traffic Info Settings page 7-21

Weather Info Settings page 7-30

Speed Limit Info page 8-6

Others page 8-7

Delete Stored Information page 8-10

Delete Connected Search History page 8-10

Delete All Previous Destinations page 8-10

Delete All Previous Start Point page 8-10

Reset All Navigation Settings to Default page 8-10

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

12-6

Page 263: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(261,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

<SETTING> Audio Vehicle Owner’s Manual

Phone Vehicle Owner’s Manual

Bluetooth Vehicle Owner’s Manual

Volume & Beeps page 8-11

ECO DRIVE Vehicle Owner’s Manual

Driver Assistance Vehicle Owner’s Manual

Others Rear Display Vehicle Owner’s Manual

Display page 8-3

Comfort Vehicle Owner’s Manual

Clock page 8-12

Language & Units page 8-13

Voice Recognition page 9-14

Infiniti ConnectionTM page 7-12

Camera Vehicle Owner’s Manual

Sonar Vehicle Owner’s Manual

Image Viewer Vehicle Owner’s Manual

Index

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

12-7

Page 264: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(262,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Index

INFORMATION SCREEN

<INFO> Infiniti Connection page 7-3

Energy Flow Vehicle Owner’s ManualFuel Economy Vehicle Owner’s Manual

Tire pressure Vehicle Owner’s ManualTraffic Info page 7-16

Weather Info page 7-22

Others Where am I? page 7-16

Maintenance Vehicle Owner’s Manual

Map Update page 7-31

Navigation Version page 7-32

GPS Position page 7-33

Voice Recognition “9. Voice recognition”

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

12-8

Page 265: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(263,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Number2D map ................................................. 3-2, 3-5

AAbout map data ....................................... 10-16About map icons ...................................... 10-16About route guidance ................................... 5-7Address book ............................................. 10-2Adjusting voice guidance volume ............... 2-25Alternate Command Mode ............................ 9-9Automatic reroute ...................................... 10-3Automaticallydisplay warnings/watches .......................... 7-30Avoid area ................................................. 10-2

BBasic operations (Troubleshooting) ............ 11-3Basics of voice guidance .......................... 10-10Before starting ........................... 2-27, 9-4, 9-13BirdviewTM ................................................. 10-3BirdviewTM (3D) map ............................. 3-3, 3-7Building graphics ......................................... 3-3

CCanceling route .......................................... 2-23Canceling/reactivating route ...................... 5-14Changing BirdviewTM angle ........................ 3-16Changing map view .................................... 3-11Changing region .......................................... 4-3Changing scale of map ................................. 3-8Character (letters and numbers)input screen ............................................... 2-16Characteristics of liquid crystaldisplay ..................................................... 10-20Clock settings ............................................ 8-12Command Lists (Alternatecommand mode) ........................................ 9-23Command lists (Standard mode) ................ 9-20Confirming how to usevoice commands ................................. 9-2, 9-10Confirming route ................................. 5-3, 5-20Connecting to Interactive Voice Menu ......... 7-11Control buttons and functions ...................... 2-2Control panel (Type A) (if so equipped) ......... 2-2Control panel (Type B) (if so equipped) ......... 2-3Control Panel (Type C) (if so equipped) ......... 2-5Current location map screen ...................... 2-18Current vehicle location ............................. 10-4Customer assistance (Troubleshooting) ...... 11-2

Customizing Nearby Places .......................... 8-8

DDelete destination ...................................... 4-22Delete stored items .................................... 8-10Deleting all stored items ............................ 6-20Deleting individual item on map ................ 6-20Deleting Infiniti Connection history ............ 7-12Deleting stored item .................................. 6-19Deleting stored item individually ................ 6-19Destination screen ....................................... 4-2Destination weather on suggestedroute screen .............................................. 7-29Detailed Map Coverage Areas (MCA) fornavigation system ...................................... 10-7Detour ....................................................... 10-3Directions provided and distances toguide points ............................................ 10-10Display adjustment ...................................... 8-3Display of current vehicle location ............. 10-4Display settings ........................................... 8-3Display urgent traffic information ............... 7-18Displaying current vehicle location ............... 3-4Displaying how to operate voicerecognition system ....................................... 9-9Displaying map icons ................................. 3-18

Index

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

12-9

Page 266: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(264,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Index

Displaying small turn arrow on map ........... 5-29Displaying unit ID information .................... 7-13Displaying weather information screen ....... 7-23

EEditing address book ................................... 6-8Editing avoid area ...................................... 6-16Editing route .............................................. 5-15Editing stored home and address ................. 6-9Editing stored route ................................... 6-14Editing stored tracking ............................... 6-15Emergency support .................................... 7-14End-user terms ........................................ 10-17Example of touch panel operation .............. 2-15

FFeatures of this navigation system ............. 10-2Finding address ........................................... 4-4Finding place ............................................... 4-6For safe operation ........................................ 1-2Functions disabled while driving ................ 2-10

GGiving voice commands ............. 2-27, 9-4, 9-13

Guidance screen settings ............................. 5-9Guidance screens and preview mode ........... 5-8Guidance settings ...................................... 5-21

HHow to handle display ............................. 10-20How to input letters and numbers .............. 2-16How to order map data updates ............... 10-16How to store home location ....................... 2-20How to use this manual ............................... 1-2How to view map screen ............................ 2-24

IIncorrect display of vehicle position ........... 10-5Infiniti Connection feature ............................ 7-4Infiniti Connection service application .......... 7-7INFINITI controller withDirectional buttons ...................................... 2-6INFINITI controller withoutDirectional buttons ...................................... 2-6INFINITI voice recognition .................... 2-27, 9-2Info on route .............................................. 7-17Information feeds ......................................... 7-9Information screen ....................................... 7-2Initialization ................................................. 9-4

Initializing all Infiniti Connection ................ 7-13

LLanguage and unit settings ........................ 8-13Language settings ...................................... 8-13Laser product ............................................... 1-3List screen ................................................. 2-14Looking at information on map .................. 3-18

MMaintenance of display ............................ 10-21Map data ................................................. 10-16Map menu screen ...................................... 2-18Map scale .................................................. 3-10Map scrolling information .......................... 3-19Map symbols ............................................. 3-21Map types .................................................... 3-2Map update ............................................... 7-31Map view settings ...................................... 3-13Menu screen and operation method ........... 2-11Menu screens and their purposes .............. 2-11Minor adjustment of home orstored address ........................................... 6-10Moving location of destination ..................... 5-5Moving map ................................................. 3-5

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

12-10

Page 267: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(265,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

NNavigation setting ........................................ 8-5Navigation system status screen .................. 2-9NavTraffic information ................................ 10-2Nearby traffic Info. ..................................... 7-18Notes on NavTraffic information ............... 10-14Notes on NavWeather information ............ 10-15Notes on voice guidance .......................... 10-13Number input screen ................................. 2-17

OOperating maps ......................................... 2-24Operating with center dial ............................ 3-9Operating with control panel ........................ 3-4Operating with touchpanel operation .................................. 3-5, 3-10Operating with ZOOM buttons ...................... 3-8Other navigation settings ............................. 8-7Other settings ............................................ 3-12

PPlaces of interest (Places) directory ............ 10-2Procedures after setting destination ............. 5-2

RRecalculate route ....................................... 5-22Reference symbols ....................................... 1-2Repeating voice guidance ........................ 10-13Reset all navigation settings to default ...... 8-10Road color ................................................. 3-22Route calculation ....................................... 10-8Route calculation and visualguidance (Troubleshooting) ........................ 11-6Route guidance ............................... 10-2, 10-10Route guidance settings ............................. 5-27Route screen .............................................. 5-13

SSafety information ....................................... 1-2Scrolled location map screen ..................... 2-19Searching for destinations ......................... 2-21Searching for detour route taking trafficinformation into consideration ................... 5-24Searching from address book .................... 4-10Selecting route ............................................ 5-3Set average speeds ................................... 5-30Setting alternate command mode ............... 9-14Setting by Infiniti Connection ..................... 4-12Setting by phone number ........................... 4-16

Setting city center ...................................... 4-20Setting color theme ..................................... 8-5Setting conditions for route calculation ...... 5-25Setting destination .................................... 2-21Setting detour route ................................... 5-23Setting freeway entrance/exit .................... 4-17Setting from stored routes ......................... 4-15Setting home as destination ........................ 4-9Setting intersection .................................... 4-18Setting left screen display .......................... 3-17Setting map color ...................................... 3-16Setting map orientation ............................. 3-14Setting point on map ................................. 4-21Setting previous destination ...................... 4-11Setting previous start point ........................ 4-14Setting voice guidance ............................... 2-25Setting voice guidance at intersections ...... 5-28Settings keyboard layout of characterinput screen ................................................. 8-8Settings long range map view .................... 3-15Settings screen ............................................ 8-2Speaker adaptation .................................... 9-15Speed limit indication on map ..................... 8-6Standard mode ............................................ 9-2Start menu ................................................. 2-13Starting route guidance ...................... 2-22, 5-2

Index

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

12-11

Page 268: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

(266,1)

[ Edit: 2015/ 2/ 18 Model: 08TJ-N ]

Index

Starting system ........................................... 2-8Steering wheel switches .............................. 2-7Storing avoid area ....................................... 6-7Storing current vehicle location .................... 6-3Storing home location/address .................. 2-20Storing location .................................... 5-5, 6-2Storing location by moving map ................... 6-4Storing location by searching ....................... 6-2Storing route ............................................... 6-5Storing tracked route ................................... 6-6Switching estimated arrival timedisplay ....................................................... 5-29System feedback announcementmodes ....................................................... 9-14

TTouch panel operation ............................... 2-15Touch screen operation .............................. 2-11Traffic information .................................... 11-11Traffic information on map ................ 3-22, 7-19Traffic information settings ........................ 7-21Transferring information to/fromAddress Book ............................................ 6-22Turning voice guidance ON/OFF .................. 2-25

UUnit settings .............................................. 8-14Updating All Information Feeds ................. 7-11Using controls to adjust values,levels, etc. ................................................. 2-12Using voicerecognition system ..................... 2-27, 9-4, 9-13

VVehicle icon (Troubleshooting) ................... 11-4Viewing available traffic information .......... 7-16Viewing available weather information ....... 7-22Viewing GPS currentlocation information ................................... 7-33Viewing information about currentvehicle location .......................................... 7-16Viewing information aboutsearched location ........................................ 5-6Viewing information feeds history .............. 7-12Viewing navigation systemversion information .................................... 7-32Voice command examples ................... 9-5, 9-17Voice guidance .......................................... 10-3Voice guidance (Troubleshooting) ............... 11-8Voice guidance during route guidance .......... 5-7Voice recognition (Troubleshooting) ......... 11-10

Volume adjustment .................................... 8-11

WWhat is GPS (GlobalPositioning System)? .................................. 10-4When gray road is displayed on map ......... 10-8

Condition: Language=NAM_English/

12-12

Page 269: 2016 Infiniti | Navigation System Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA

2016 Infiniti Navigation System Owner’s Manual

Prin

ting

: D

ecem

ber 2

015

(06)

/ N

16E

08TJ

U1

/ P

rint

ed in

U.S

.A.

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

T00NA-1BU8D08TJ-N

2016 Infiniti Navigation System